blob: 732b9ee3ebcc06eb366997f27f6defd27ee9eb39 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregorbf3af052008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
28
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000041 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000042 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
43 ICC_Promotion,
44 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000045 ICC_Promotion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000048 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000055 ICC_Conversion
56 };
57 return Category[(int)Kind];
58}
59
60/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
61/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
62ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
63 static const ImplicitConversionRank
64 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000070 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000073 ICR_Promotion,
74 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000076 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000081 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000082 ICR_Conversion,
Chandler Carruth23a370f2010-02-25 07:20:54 +000083 ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000084 };
85 return Rank[(int)Kind];
86}
87
88/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
89/// implicit conversion.
90const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopes2550d702009-12-23 17:49:57 +000091 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000092 "No conversion",
93 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
94 "Array-to-pointer",
95 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +000096 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000097 "Qualification",
98 "Integral promotion",
99 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Integral conversion",
102 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000103 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000104 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000105 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000106 "Pointer conversion",
107 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000108 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000109 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000110 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000111 };
112 return Name[Kind];
113}
114
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000115/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
116/// sequence to the identity conversion.
117void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
118 First = ICK_Identity;
119 Second = ICK_Identity;
120 Third = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000121 DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000122 ReferenceBinding = false;
123 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000124 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000125 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000126}
127
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000128/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
129/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
130/// implicit conversions.
131ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
132 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
133 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
134 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
135 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
136 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
137 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
138 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
139 return Rank;
140}
141
142/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
143/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000144/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000145/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000146bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000151 if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() &&
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000152 (getFromType()->isPointerType() || getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000166 QualType FromType = getFromType();
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000167 QualType ToType = getToType(1);
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000185 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000186 bool PrintedSomething = false;
187 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000188 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000189 PrintedSomething = true;
190 }
191
192 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
193 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000194 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000195 }
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000196 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000197
198 if (CopyConstructor) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000199 OS << " (by copy constructor)";
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000200 } else if (DirectBinding) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000201 OS << " (direct reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000202 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000203 OS << " (reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000204 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000205 PrintedSomething = true;
206 }
207
208 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
209 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000210 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000211 }
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000212 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000213 PrintedSomething = true;
214 }
215
216 if (!PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000217 OS << "No conversions required";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218 }
219}
220
221/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
222/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
223void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000224 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000225 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
226 Before.DebugPrint();
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000227 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 }
Benjamin Kramer900fc632010-04-17 09:33:03 +0000229 OS << '\'' << ConversionFunction << '\'';
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000230 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000231 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232 After.DebugPrint();
233 }
234}
235
236/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
237/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
238void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000239 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000240 switch (ConversionKind) {
241 case StandardConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000242 OS << "Standard conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000243 Standard.DebugPrint();
244 break;
245 case UserDefinedConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000246 OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000247 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
248 break;
249 case EllipsisConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000250 OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000251 break;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000252 case AmbiguousConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000253 OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000254 break;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000255 case BadConversion:
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000256 OS << "Bad conversion";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000257 break;
258 }
259
Daniel Dunbarf3f91f32010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000260 OS << "\n";
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000261}
262
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000263void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
264 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
265}
266
267void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
268 conversions().~ConversionSet();
269}
270
271void
272AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
273 FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
274 ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
275 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
276}
277
278
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000279// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000280// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
281// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
282// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
283// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000284// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
285// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
286// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000287//
288// Example: Given the following input:
289//
290// void f(int, float); // #1
291// void f(int, int); // #2
292// int f(int, int); // #3
293//
294// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000296//
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000297// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
298// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
299// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
300// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000301//
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000302// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
303// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
304// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
305// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000306// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
307// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000308Sema::OverloadKind
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000309Sema::CheckOverload(FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
310 NamedDecl *&Match) {
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000311 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000312 I != E; ++I) {
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000313 NamedDecl *OldD = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
314 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000315 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl())) {
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000316 Match = *I;
317 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000318 }
John McCall51fa86f2009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000319 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000320 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF)) {
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000321 Match = *I;
322 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000323 }
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000324 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
325 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
326 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
327 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
328 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
329 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
330 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
331 // template instantiation.
332 } else {
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000333 // (C++ 13p1):
334 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
335 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000336 Match = *I;
337 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000338 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339 }
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000340
John McCall871b2e72009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000341 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000342}
343
344bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
345 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
346 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
347
348 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
349 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
350 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
351 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
352 return true;
353
354 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
355 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
356 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
357
358 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
359 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
360 // in the signature, they are overloads.
361
362 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
363 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
364 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
365 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
366 return false;
367
368 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
369 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
370
371 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
372 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
373 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
374 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
375 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
376 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
377 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
378 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
379 return true;
380
381 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
382 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
383 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
384 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
385 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
386 // signature.
387 //
388 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
389 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
390 if (NewTemplate &&
391 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
392 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
393 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
394 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
395 return true;
396
397 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
398 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
399 //
400 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
401 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
402 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
403 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
404 // can be overloaded.
405 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
406 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
407 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
408 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
409 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
410 return true;
411
412 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
413 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000414}
415
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000416/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
417/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
418/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
419/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000420///
421/// void f(float f);
422/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
423///
424/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
425/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
426/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
427/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
428//
429/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
430/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
431/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
432/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
433/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000434///
435/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
436/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000437/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
438/// permitted.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000439ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson2974b5c2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000440Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
441 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor74e386e2010-04-16 18:00:29 +0000442 bool AllowExplicit,
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000443 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000444 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000445 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard)) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000446 ICS.setStandard();
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000447 return ICS;
448 }
449
450 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000451 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000452 return ICS;
453 }
454
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000455 if (SuppressUserConversions) {
456 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
457 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
458 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
459 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
460 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move
461 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
462 // called for those cases.
463 QualType FromType = From->getType();
464 if (!ToType->getAs<RecordType>() || !FromType->getAs<RecordType>() ||
465 !(Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) ||
466 IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ToType))) {
467 // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that
468 // we can perform.
469 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
470 return ICS;
471 }
472
473 ICS.setStandard();
474 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
475 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
476 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
477
478 // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid
479 // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it
480 // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the
481 // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed.
482 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
483
484 // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion.
485 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
486 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
487
488 return ICS;
489 }
490
491 // Attempt user-defined conversion.
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000492 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc());
493 OverloadingResult UserDefResult
494 = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, Conversions,
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +0000495 AllowExplicit);
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000496
497 if (UserDefResult == OR_Success) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000498 ICS.setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000499 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
500 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
501 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
502 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
503 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
504 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
505 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000506 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000507 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000508 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000509 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
510 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000511 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor0d6d12b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000512 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000513 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
514 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000515 ICS.setStandard();
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000516 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000517 ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000518 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000519 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000520 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000521 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
522 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000523 }
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000524
525 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
526 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
527 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
528 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
529 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
530 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
531 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000532 if (SuppressUserConversions && ICS.isUserDefined()) {
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000533 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::suppressed_user, From, ToType);
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000534 }
John McCallcefd3ad2010-01-13 22:30:33 +0000535 } else if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous && !SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000536 ICS.setAmbiguous();
537 ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
538 ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
539 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
540 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
541 if (Cand->Viable)
542 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000543 } else {
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000544 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000545 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000546
547 return ICS;
548}
549
Douglas Gregor575c63a2010-04-16 22:27:05 +0000550/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
551/// expression From to the type ToType. Returns true if there was an
552/// error, false otherwise. The expression From is replaced with the
553/// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're
554/// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit,
555/// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted.
556bool
557Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
558 AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit) {
559 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
560 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action, AllowExplicit, ICS);
561}
562
563bool
564Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
565 AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit,
566 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS) {
567 ICS = TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
568 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
569 AllowExplicit,
570 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
571 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action);
572}
573
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000574/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
575/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
576static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
577 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
578 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
579 return false;
580
581 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
582 // safely be removed.
583 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
584 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
585 return false;
586
587 ResultTy = FromType;
588 return true;
589}
590
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000591/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
592/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
593/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
594/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
595/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
596/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
597/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
598/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000599bool
600Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000601 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000602 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000603 QualType FromType = From->getType();
604
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000605 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000606 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000607 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000608 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000609 SCS.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000610 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000611
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000612 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000613 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000614 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
615 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
616 return false;
617
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000618 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000619 }
620
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000621 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
622 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
623 // (C++ 4p1).
624
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000625 DeclAccessPair AccessPair;
626
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000627 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000628 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
629 // converted to an rvalue.
630 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000631 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000632 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000633 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000634 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000635
636 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
637 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000638 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
639 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000640 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000641 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
642 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000643 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000644
645 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
646 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
647 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
648 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
649
650 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
651 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000652 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000653
654 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
655 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
656 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
657 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000658 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
659 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000660 SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType);
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000661 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000662 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000663 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
664 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000665 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000666
667 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
668 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
669 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
670 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1a8cf732010-04-14 23:11:21 +0000671 } else if (From->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
672 if (FunctionDecl *Fn
673 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false,
674 AccessPair)) {
675 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
676 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000677
Douglas Gregor1a8cf732010-04-14 23:11:21 +0000678 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
679 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
680 FromType = Fn->getType();
681 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
682 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
683 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
684 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
685 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
686 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
687 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
688 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
689 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
690 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
691 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
692 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
693 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
694 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
695 } else {
696 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
697 }
698 } else {
699 return false;
700 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000701 } else {
702 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000703 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000704 }
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000705 SCS.setToType(0, FromType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000706
707 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
708 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
709 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
710 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000711 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
712 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000713 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000714 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000715 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
716 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000717 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000718 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000719 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000720 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000721 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000722 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
723 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000724 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000725 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000726 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
727 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000728 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
729 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000730 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000731 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000732 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000733 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000734 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000735 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
736 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000737 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
738 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth23a370f2010-02-25 07:20:54 +0000739 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
740 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
741 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
742 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
743 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
744 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
745 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
746 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
747 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000748 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
749 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
750 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000751 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000752 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
753 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000754 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000755 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000756 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
757 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000758 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000759 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000760 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000761 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
762 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000763 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000764 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000765 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
766 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
767 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian1f7711d2009-12-11 21:23:13 +0000768 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000769 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
770 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
771 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
772 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000773 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000774 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000776 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
777 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000778 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000779 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
780 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
781 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000782 } else {
783 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000784 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000785 }
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000786 SCS.setToType(1, FromType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000787
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000788 QualType CanonFrom;
789 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000790 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000791 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000792 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000793 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000794 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
795 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000796 } else {
797 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000798 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
799
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000800 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000801 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
802 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
803 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000804 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000805 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000806 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
807 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
808 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000809 FromType = ToType;
810 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
811 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000812 }
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000813 SCS.setToType(2, FromType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000814
815 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
816 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000817 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000818 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000819
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000820 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000821}
822
823/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
824/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
825/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
826/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000827bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000828 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlf7be9442008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000829 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000830 if (!To) {
831 return false;
832 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000833
834 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
835 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
836 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
837 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
838 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Douglas Gregoraa74a1e2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000839 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() &&
840 !FromType->isEnumeralType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000841 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
842 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
843 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
844 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000846 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000847 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000848 }
849
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000850 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
851 }
852
853 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
854 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
855 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
856 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000857
858 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
859 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
860 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
861 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
862 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
863
864 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000865 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
866 // unsigned.
867 bool FromIsSigned;
868 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000869
870 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
871 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000872
873 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
874 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000875 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
876 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000877 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
878 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000879 };
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000880 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000881 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
882 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000883 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000884 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
885 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
886 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
887 // promotion.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000888 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000889 }
890 }
891 }
892
893 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
894 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
895 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
896 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
897 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
898 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
899 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000900 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
901 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000902 using llvm::APSInt;
903 if (From)
904 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000905 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000906 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
907 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
908 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
909 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000910
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000911 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
912 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
913 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
914 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
915 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000917 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
918 // that fits into an unsigned int?
919 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
920 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
921 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000922
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000923 return false;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000924 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000925 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000926
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000927 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
928 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000929 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000930 return true;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000931 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000932
933 return false;
934}
935
936/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
937/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
938/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000939bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000940 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
941 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000942 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
943 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000944 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
945 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
946 return true;
947
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000948 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
949 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
950 // double is promoted to long double [...].
951 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
952 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
953 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
954 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
955 return true;
956 }
957
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000958 return false;
959}
960
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000961/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
962///
963/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
964/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000965/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000966bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000967 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000968 if (!FromComplex)
969 return false;
970
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000971 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000972 if (!ToComplex)
973 return false;
974
975 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000976 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
977 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
978 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000979}
980
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000981/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
982/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
983/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
984/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
985/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000986static QualType
987BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000988 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
989 ASTContext &Context) {
990 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
991 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000992 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000993
994 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000995 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000996 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000997 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000998 return ToType;
999
1000 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
1001 // already.
1002 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
1003 }
1004
1005 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001006 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001007 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
1008 Quals));
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001009}
1010
Fariborz Jahanianadcfab12009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001011/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
1012/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
1013/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
1014static QualType
1015BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
1016 QualType ToType,
1017 ASTContext &Context) {
1018 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1019 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1020 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
1021
1022 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
1023 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
1024 return ToType;
1025
1026 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
1027 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
1028}
1029
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001030static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001031 bool InOverloadResolution,
1032 ASTContext &Context) {
1033 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
1034 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
1035 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
1036 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
1037 return !InOverloadResolution;
1038
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001039 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1040 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1041 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001042}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001043
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001044/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1045/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
1046/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
1047/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
1048/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
1049/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001050///
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001051/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
1052/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
1053/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
1054/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
1055/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
1056/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001057/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
1058/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
1059/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001060bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001061 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001062 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001063 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001064 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001065 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
1066 return true;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001067
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001068 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
1069 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001070 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor27b09ac2008-12-22 20:51:52 +00001071 ConvertedType = ToType;
1072 return true;
1073 }
1074
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001075 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
1076 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001077 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001078 ConvertedType = ToType;
1079 return true;
1080 }
1081 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
1082 // pointer type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001083 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001084 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001085 ConvertedType = ToType;
1086 return true;
1087 }
1088
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001089 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
1090 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001091 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001092 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001093 ConvertedType = ToType;
1094 return true;
1095 }
1096
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001097 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001098 if (!ToTypePtr)
1099 return false;
1100
1101 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001102 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001103 ConvertedType = ToType;
1104 return true;
1105 }
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001106
Fariborz Jahanianadcfab12009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001107 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1108 // , including objective-c pointers.
1109 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1110 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1111 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1112 ToType, Context);
1113 return true;
1114
1115 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001116 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001117 if (!FromTypePtr)
1118 return false;
1119
1120 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001121
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001122 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1123 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1124 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregorbad0e652009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001125 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001126 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001127 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001128 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001129 return true;
1130 }
1131
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001132 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1133 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001134 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001135 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001136 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001137 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001138 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001139 return true;
1140 }
1141
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001142 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001143 //
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001144 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1145 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1146 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1147 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1148 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1149 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1150 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1151 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1152 //
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001153 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1154 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001155 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1156 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregorbf1764c2010-02-22 17:06:41 +00001157 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) &&
Douglas Gregor2685eab2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001158 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001159 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001160 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001161 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001162 ToType, Context);
1163 return true;
1164 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001165
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001166 return false;
1167}
1168
1169/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1170/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1171/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001172bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001173 QualType& ConvertedType,
1174 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1175 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1176 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian83b7b312010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001177
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001178 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001179 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001181 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001182
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001183 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001184 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001185 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001186 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001187 ConvertedType = ToType;
1188 return true;
1189 }
1190 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001191 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001192 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001193 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001194 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001195 ConvertedType = ToType;
1196 return true;
1197 }
1198 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1199 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1200 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
Fariborz Jahanianee9ca692010-03-15 18:36:00 +00001201 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1202 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1203 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS &&
1204 !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
1205 FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
1206 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001207 ConvertedType = ToType;
1208 return true;
1209 }
1210
1211 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1212 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1213 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1214 // complain about it.
1215 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1216 ConvertedType = FromType;
1217 return true;
1218 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001219 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001220 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001221 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001222 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001223 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianb351a7d2010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001224 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
1225 ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian48168392010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001226 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
Fariborz Jahanianb351a7d2010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001227 // to a block pointer type.
1228 if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1229 ConvertedType = ToType;
1230 return true;
1231 }
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001232 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianb351a7d2010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001233 }
Fariborz Jahanianf7c43fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001234 else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
1235 ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1236 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
Fariborz Jahanian48168392010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001237 // pointer to any object.
Fariborz Jahanianf7c43fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001238 ConvertedType = ToType;
1239 return true;
1240 }
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001241 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001242 return false;
1243
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001244 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001245 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001246 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001247 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001248 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1249 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001250 return false;
1251
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001252 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1253 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1254 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1255 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1256 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1257 // We always complain about this conversion.
1258 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1259 ConvertedType = ToType;
1260 return true;
1261 }
Fariborz Jahanian83b7b312010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001262 // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
1263 // as in I* to id.
1264 if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1265 ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1266 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1267 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1268 ConvertedType = ToType;
1269 return true;
1270 }
1271
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001272 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001273 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1274 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1275 // complain about it).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001276 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001277 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001278 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001279 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001280 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1281 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1282 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1283 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1284 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1285 return false;
1286
1287 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1288 // function types are obviously different.
1289 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1290 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1291 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1292 return false;
1293
1294 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1295 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1296 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1297 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1298 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1299 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1300 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1301 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1302 HasObjCConversion = true;
1303 } else {
1304 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1305 return false;
1306 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001307
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001308 // Check argument types.
1309 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1310 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1311 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1312 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1313 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1314 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1315 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1316 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1317 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1318 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1319 HasObjCConversion = true;
1320 } else {
1321 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1322 return false;
1323 }
1324 }
1325
1326 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1327 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1328 // conversion, but complain about it.
1329 ConvertedType = ToType;
1330 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1331 return true;
1332 }
1333 }
1334
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001335 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001336}
1337
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001338/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1339/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001340/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001341/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1342/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1343/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001344bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001345 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1346 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001347 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1348
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001349 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1350 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001351 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1352 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregordda78892008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001353
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001354 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1355 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001356 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1357 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001358 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1359 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001360 From->getSourceRange(),
1361 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001362 return true;
1363
1364 // The conversion was successful.
1365 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001366 }
1367 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001368 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001369 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001370 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001371 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001372 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1373 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1374 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001375 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001376 return false;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001377
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001378 }
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001379 return false;
1380}
1381
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001382/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1383/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1384/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1385/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1386/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1387bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001388 QualType ToType,
1389 bool InOverloadResolution,
1390 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001391 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001392 if (!ToTypePtr)
1393 return false;
1394
1395 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001396 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1397 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1398 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001399 ConvertedType = ToType;
1400 return true;
1401 }
1402
1403 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001404 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001405 if (!FromTypePtr)
1406 return false;
1407
1408 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1409 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1410 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1411 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1412 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1413
1414 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1415 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1416 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1417 return true;
1418 }
1419
1420 return false;
1421}
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001422
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001423/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1424/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
John McCall6b2accb2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001425/// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001426/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1427/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1428/// otherwise.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001430 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1431 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001432 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001433 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001434 if (!FromPtrType) {
1435 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001436 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1437 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001438 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1439 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001440 return false;
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001441 }
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001442
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001443 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001444 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1445 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001446
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001447 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1448 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001449
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001450 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1451 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1452 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001453
John McCall6b2accb2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001454 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/ true,
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001455 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001456 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1457 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1458 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1459 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001460
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001461 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1462 getUnqualifiedType())) {
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001463 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1464 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1465 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1466 return true;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001467 }
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001468
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001469 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001470 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1471 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1472 << From->getSourceRange();
1473 return true;
1474 }
1475
John McCall6b2accb2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001476 if (!IgnoreBaseAccess)
John McCall58e6f342010-03-16 05:22:47 +00001477 CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass,
1478 Paths.front(),
1479 diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base);
John McCall6b2accb2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001480
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001481 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1482 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001483 return false;
1484}
1485
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001486/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1487/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1488/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001489bool
1490Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001491 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1492 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1493
1494 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1495 // qualification conversion.
Sebastian Redl22c92402010-02-03 19:36:07 +00001496 if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001497 return false;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001498
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001499 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1500 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1501 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1502 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001503 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001504 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001505 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1506 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1507 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001508 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001509 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1510 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001511 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001512
1513 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1514 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregor9b6e2d22008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001515 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001516 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001517
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001518 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1519 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1520 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001521 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001522 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001523
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001524 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1525 // include const.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001526 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001527 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001528 }
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001529
1530 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1531 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1532 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1533 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1534 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001535 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001536}
1537
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001538/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1539/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1540/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1541/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1542/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1543/// false and User is unspecified.
1544///
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001545/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1546/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1547/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001548OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1549 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001550 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1551 bool AllowExplicit) {
1552 // Whether we will only visit constructors.
1553 bool ConstructorsOnly = false;
1554
1555 // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its
1556 // constructors.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001557 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001558 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1559 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1560 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1561 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1562 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1563 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1564 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1565 // the parentheses of the initializer.
1566 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1567 (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() &&
1568 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)))
1569 ConstructorsOnly = true;
1570
Douglas Gregor393896f2009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001571 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1572 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1573 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1574 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001575 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001576 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001577 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001578 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001580 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001581 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001582 NamedDecl *D = *Con;
1583 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(D, D->getAccess());
1584
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001585 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1586 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1587 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001588 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001589 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001590 Constructor
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001591 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1592 else
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001593 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001594
Fariborz Jahanian52ab92b2009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001595 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssonfaccd722009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001596 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001597 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001598 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, FoundDecl,
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001599 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001600 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001601 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!ConstructorsOnly);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001602 else
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001603 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1604 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001605 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, FoundDecl,
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001606 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001607 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!ConstructorsOnly);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001608 }
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001609 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001610 }
1611 }
1612
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001613 // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to.
1614 if (ConstructorsOnly) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001615 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001616 PDiag(0) << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001617 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001618 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001619 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001620 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001621 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1622 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001623 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001624 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001625 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001626 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001627 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair();
1628 NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001629 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1630 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1631 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1632
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001633 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1634 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001635 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
1636 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001637 else
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001638 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001639
1640 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1641 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001642 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, FoundDecl,
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001643 ActingContext, From, ToType,
1644 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001645 else
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001646 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001647 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001648 }
1649 }
1650 }
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001651 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001652
1653 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001654 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001655 case OR_Success:
1656 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001657 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001658 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1659 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1660 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1661 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1662 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1663 // the argument of the constructor.
1664 //
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001665 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001666 if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001667 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1668 else {
1669 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1670 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1671 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001672 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1673 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001674 User.After.setFromType(
1675 ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001676 User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001677 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001678 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1679 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1680 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1681 //
1682 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1683 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1684 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1685 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1686 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1687 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001688 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001689
1690 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001691 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1692 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1693 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1694 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1695 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1696 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1697 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1698 // 13.3.3.1).
1699 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001700 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001701 } else {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001702 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001703 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001704 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001705
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001706 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001707 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001708 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001709 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001710 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001711
1712 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001713 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001714 }
1715
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001716 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001717}
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001718
1719bool
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001720Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001721 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001722 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc());
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001723 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1724 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001725 CandidateSet, false);
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001726 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
1727 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1728 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1729 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1730 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
1731 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1732 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
1733 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1734 else
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001735 return false;
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00001736 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &From, 1);
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001737 return true;
1738}
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001739
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001740/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1741/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1742/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001743ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001744Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1745 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1746{
1747 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1748 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1749 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1750 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1751 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1752 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1753 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1754 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001755 //
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001756 // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
1757 // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
1758 // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
1759 // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
1760 // from any other user-defined conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00001761 if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank())
1762 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1763 else if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank())
1764 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001765
Benjamin Kramerb6eee072010-04-18 12:05:54 +00001766 // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of
1767 // the same kind.
1768 if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind())
1769 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1770
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001771 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1772 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1773 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001774 if (ICS1.isStandard())
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001775 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001776 else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001777 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1778 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1779 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1780 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1781 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1782 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001784 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1785 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1786 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1787 }
1788
1789 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1790}
1791
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001792// Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to
1793// determine if one is a proper subset of the other.
1794static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1795compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
1796 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1797 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1798 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
1799 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1800
1801 if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
1802 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
1803 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1804 else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity)
1805 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1806 else
1807 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1808 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1)))
1809 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1810
1811 if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) {
1812 return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result
1813 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1814 }
1815
1816 if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity)
1817 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
1818 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
1819 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1820
1821 if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity)
1822 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1823 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
1824 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1825
1826 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1827}
1828
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001829/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1830/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1831/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001832ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001833Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1834 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1835{
1836 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1837 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1838
1839 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1840 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1841 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1842 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1843 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001844 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK
1845 = compareStandardConversionSubsets(Context, SCS1, SCS2))
1846 return CK;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001847
1848 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1849 // defined below), or, if not that,
1850 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1851 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1852 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1853 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1854 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1855 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001856
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001857 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1858 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1859 // applies:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001860
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001861 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1862 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1863 // that is such a conversion.
1864 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1865 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1866 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1867 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1868
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001869 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1870 //
1871 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001872 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1873 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1874 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001875 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001876 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001877 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001878 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001879 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1880 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1881 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001882 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1883 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001884 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1885 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1886 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001887 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1888 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1889 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001890 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1891 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1892 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1893 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001894 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
1895 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001896
1897 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1898 // conversion, if we need to.
1899 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1900 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1901 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1902 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1903
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001904 QualType FromPointee1
1905 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
1906 QualType FromPointee2
1907 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001908
Douglas Gregor01919692009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001909 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1910 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1911 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1912 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1913
1914 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1915 // other, it is the better one.
1916 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1917 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1918 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1919 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1920 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1921 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1922 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1923 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001924 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001925
1926 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1927 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001928 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001929 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001930 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001931
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001932 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001933 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1934 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1935 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1936 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1937 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001938 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1939 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1940 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1941 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1942 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1943 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001944
1945 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1946 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1947 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1948 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1949 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1950 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001951 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
1952 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001953 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1954 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001955 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1956 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1957 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
1958 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
1959 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1960 // for comparison.
1961 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1962 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1963 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1964 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001965 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1966 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1967 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1968 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1969 }
1970 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001971
1972 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1973}
1974
1975/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1976/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1978ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001979Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001980 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregorba7e2102008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001981 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001982 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1983 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1984 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1985 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1986 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1987 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1988 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1989 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1990
1991 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1992 // conversion (!)
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001993 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
1994 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001995 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1996 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001997 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1998 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1999 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002000
2001 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
2002 // them.
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002003 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002004 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2005
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002006 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2007 // for comparison.
2008 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2009 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2010 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2011 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2012
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002013 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002014 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2015 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
2016 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
2017 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
2018 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00002019 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002020 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
2021 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
2022 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
2023 // strict subset of qualifiers.
2024 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
2025 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
2026 // about how the sequences rank.
2027 ;
2028 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
2029 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
2030 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
2031 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
2032 // qualifiers.
2033 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002035 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2036 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
2037 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
2038 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
2039 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
2040 // qualifiers.
2041 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002043 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2044 } else {
2045 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
2046 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2047 }
2048
2049 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002050 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002051 break;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002052 }
2053
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002054 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
2055 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
2056 switch (Result) {
2057 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002058 if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002059 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2060 break;
2061
2062 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
2063 break;
2064
2065 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002066 if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002067 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2068 break;
2069 }
2070
2071 return Result;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002072}
2073
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002074/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
2075/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002076/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
2077/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
2078/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002079ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
2080Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2081 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002082 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002083 QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002084 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002085 QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1);
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002086
2087 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
2088 // conversion, if we need to.
2089 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2090 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
2091 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2092 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
2093
2094 // Canonicalize all of the types.
2095 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
2096 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
2097 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
2098 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
2099
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002100 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002101 //
2102 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
2103 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002104 //
2105 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
2106 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002107
2108 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002109 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +00002110 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
2111 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
2112 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
2113 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002114 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002115 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002117 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002118 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002119 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002120 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002121 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002122
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002123 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2124 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2125 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2126 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002127
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002128 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002129 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2130 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2131 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2132 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2133 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002134
2135 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
2136 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
2137 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2138 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
2139 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2140 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002141 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002142
2143 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
2144 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
2145 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2146 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2147 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2148 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002149
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002150 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2151 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2152 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2153 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2154 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2155 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002156 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002157 }
2158
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002159 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002160 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2161 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2162 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2163 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2164 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2165 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2166 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2167 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2168 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2169 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2170 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2171 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2172 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2173 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2174 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2175 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2176 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2177 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2178 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002179 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002180 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2181 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2182 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2183 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2184 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2185 }
2186 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2187 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2188 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2189 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2190 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2191 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2192 }
2193 }
2194
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00002195 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002196 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor9e239322010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002197 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2198 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2199 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002200 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2201 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002202 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2203 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2204 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2205 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2206 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002207
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002208 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor9e239322010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002209 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2210 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2211 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002212 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2213 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002214 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2215 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2216 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2217 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2218 }
2219 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002220
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002221 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2222}
2223
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002224/// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
2225/// determine whether they are reference-related,
2226/// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added
2227/// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
2228/// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
2229/// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
2230/// type being initialized.
2231Sema::ReferenceCompareResult
2232Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
2233 QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2,
2234 bool& DerivedToBase) {
2235 assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&
2236 "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type");
2237 assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type");
2238
2239 QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1);
2240 QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2);
2241 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
2242 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
2243 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
2244
2245 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2246 // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is
2247 // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or
2248 // T1 is a base class of T2.
2249 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
2250 DerivedToBase = false;
2251 else if (!RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT1, PDiag()) &&
2252 !RequireCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2, PDiag()) &&
2253 IsDerivedFrom(UnqualT2, UnqualT1))
2254 DerivedToBase = true;
2255 else
2256 return Ref_Incompatible;
2257
2258 // At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at
2259 // least).
2260
2261 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
2262 // for comparison.
2263 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
2264 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
2265 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
2266 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
2267
2268 // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
2269 // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is
2270 // reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification
2271 // as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of
2272 // overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater
2273 // cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as
2274 // reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2).
2275 if (T1Quals.getCVRQualifiers() == T2Quals.getCVRQualifiers())
2276 return Ref_Compatible;
2277 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
2278 return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification;
2279 else
2280 return Ref_Related;
2281}
2282
2283/// \brief Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference
2284/// initialization.
2285static ImplicitConversionSequence
2286TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType,
2287 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
2288 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor23ef6c02010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002289 bool AllowExplicit) {
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002290 assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference");
2291
2292 // Most paths end in a failed conversion.
2293 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2294 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);
2295
2296 QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
2297 QualType T2 = Init->getType();
2298
2299 // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
2300 // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
2301 // type of the resulting function.
2302 if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
2303 DeclAccessPair Found;
2304 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,
2305 false, Found))
2306 T2 = Fn->getType();
2307 }
2308
2309 // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
2310 bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType();
2311 bool DerivedToBase = false;
Douglas Gregor23ef6c02010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002312 Expr::isLvalueResult InitLvalue = Init->isLvalue(S.Context);
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002313 Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
2314 = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, DerivedToBase);
2315
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002316
2317 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3:
2318 // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1,
2319 // a standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires
2320 // binding an lvalue reference to non-const to an rvalue or
2321 // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor66821b52010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002322 //
2323 // FIXME: DPG doesn't trust this code. It seems far too early to
2324 // abort because of a binding of an rvalue reference to an lvalue.
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002325 if (isRValRef && InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid)
2326 return ICS;
2327
Douglas Gregor66821b52010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002328 // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p16:
2329 // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression
2330 // of type "cv2 T2" as follows:
2331
2332 // -- If the initializer expression
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002333 // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is
2334 // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
2335 //
2336 // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here.
2337 if (InitLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
2338 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2339 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2340 // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3)
2341 // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence
2342 // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression
2343 // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type,
2344 // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a
2345 // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1).
2346 ICS.setStandard();
2347 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2348 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2349 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2350 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2351 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2352 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2353 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2354 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2355 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
2356 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
2357 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2358
2359 // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for
2360 // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're
2361 // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++
2362 // [over.best.ics]p2).
2363 return ICS;
2364 }
2365
2366 // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is
2367 // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly
2368 // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1"
2369 // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this
2370 // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable
2371 // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best
2372 // one through overload resolution (13.3)),
2373 if (!isRValRef && !SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() &&
2374 !S.RequireCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2, 0) &&
2375 RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) {
2376 CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl
2377 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2378
2379 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(DeclLoc);
2380 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
2381 = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
2382 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
2383 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
2384 NamedDecl *D = *I;
2385 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
2386 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2387 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2388
2389 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate
2390 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
2391 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
2392 if (ConvTemplate)
2393 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
2394 else
2395 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
2396
2397 // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type,
2398 // it can't be considered for this conversion.
2399 if (Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType() &&
2400 (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit())) {
2401 if (ConvTemplate)
2402 S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC,
2403 Init, DeclType, CandidateSet);
2404 else
2405 S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init,
2406 DeclType, CandidateSet);
2407 }
2408 }
2409
2410 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2411 switch (S.BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, DeclLoc, Best)) {
2412 case OR_Success:
2413 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
2414 //
2415 // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of
2416 // applying a conversion function to the argument
2417 // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a
2418 // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the
2419 // second standard conversion sequence either an identity
2420 // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an
2421 // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter
2422 // type, a derived-to-base Conversion.
2423 if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding)
2424 break;
2425
2426 ICS.setUserDefined();
2427 ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
2428 ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion;
2429 ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function;
2430 ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
2431 assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&
2432 ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&
2433 "Expected a direct reference binding!");
2434 return ICS;
2435
2436 case OR_Ambiguous:
2437 ICS.setAmbiguous();
2438 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
2439 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand)
2440 if (Cand->Viable)
2441 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
2442 return ICS;
2443
2444 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2445 case OR_Deleted:
2446 // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted
2447 // conversion; continue with other checks.
2448 break;
2449 }
2450 }
2451
2452 // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be to a non-volatile const
2453 // type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference shall be an
2454 // rvalue reference and the initializer expression shall be an rvalue.
Douglas Gregor66821b52010-04-18 09:22:00 +00002455 //
2456 // We actually handle one oddity of C++ [over.ics.ref] at this
2457 // point, which is that, due to p2 (which short-circuits reference
2458 // binding by only attempting a simple conversion for non-direct
2459 // bindings) and p3's strange wording, we allow a const volatile
2460 // reference to bind to an rvalue. Hence the check for the presence
2461 // of "const" rather than checking for "const" being the only
2462 // qualifier.
2463 if (!isRValRef && !T1.isConstQualified())
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002464 return ICS;
2465
Douglas Gregor9dc58bb2010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002466 // -- if T2 is a class type and
2467 // -- the initializer expression is an rvalue and "cv1 T1"
2468 // is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002469 //
Douglas Gregor9dc58bb2010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002470 // -- T1 is not reference-related to T2 and the initializer
2471 // expression can be implicitly converted to an rvalue
2472 // of type "cv3 T3" (this conversion is selected by
2473 // enumerating the applicable conversion functions
2474 // (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best one through overload
2475 // resolution (13.3)),
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002476 //
Douglas Gregor9dc58bb2010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002477 // then the reference is bound to the initializer
2478 // expression rvalue in the first case and to the object
2479 // that is the result of the conversion in the second case
2480 // (or, in either case, to the appropriate base class
2481 // subobject of the object).
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002482 //
Douglas Gregor9dc58bb2010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002483 // We're only checking the first case here, which is a direct
2484 // binding in C++0x but not in C++03.
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002485 if (InitLvalue != Expr::LV_Valid && T2->isRecordType() &&
2486 RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
2487 ICS.setStandard();
2488 ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
2489 ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base : ICK_Identity;
2490 ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
2491 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
2492 ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
2493 ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
2494 ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
2495 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
Douglas Gregor9dc58bb2010-04-18 08:46:23 +00002496 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x;
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002497 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2498 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = 0;
2499 return ICS;
2500 }
2501
2502 // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and
2503 // initialized from the initializer expression using the
2504 // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The
2505 // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is
2506 // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same
2507 // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than,
2508 // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed.
2509 if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) {
2510 // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then
2511 // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with
2512 // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference
2513 // initialization fails.
2514 return ICS;
2515 }
2516
2517 // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not
2518 // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the
2519 // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking
2520 // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to
2521 // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor.
2522 if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
2523 (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType()))
2524 return ICS;
2525
2526 // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2:
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002527 // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to
2528 // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one
2529 // required to convert the argument expression to the
2530 // underlying type of the reference according to
2531 // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds
2532 // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with
2533 // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level
2534 // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself
2535 // and does not constitute a conversion.
2536 ICS = S.TryImplicitConversion(Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
2537 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002538 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
2539
2540 // Of course, that's still a reference binding.
2541 if (ICS.isStandard()) {
2542 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2543 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2544 } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) {
2545 ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true;
2546 ICS.UserDefined.After.RRefBinding = isRValRef;
2547 }
2548 return ICS;
2549}
2550
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002551/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2552/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2553/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2554/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002555/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Douglas Gregor74e386e2010-04-16 18:00:29 +00002556/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002557static ImplicitConversionSequence
2558TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorb7f9e6a2010-04-16 17:53:55 +00002559 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002560 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002561 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002562 return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002563 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
2564 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor23ef6c02010-04-16 17:45:54 +00002565 /*AllowExplicit=*/false);
Douglas Gregorabe183d2010-04-13 16:31:36 +00002566
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002567 return S.TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
2568 SuppressUserConversions,
2569 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002570 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002571}
2572
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002573/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2574/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2575/// expression @p From.
2576ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002577Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType OrigFromType,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002578 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2579 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2580 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl65bdbfa2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002581 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2582 // const volatile object.
2583 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2584 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2585 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002586
2587 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2588 // to exit early.
2589 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002590
2591 // We need to have an object of class type.
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002592 QualType FromType = OrigFromType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002593 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002594 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2595
2596 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002597
Sebastian Redl65bdbfa2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002598 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002599 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2600 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2601 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002602 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002603 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2604 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2605 // non-constant references.
2606
2607 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2608 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2609 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002610 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2611 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002612 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002613 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
2614 OrigFromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002615 return ICS;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002616 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002617
2618 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2619 // affects the conversion rank.
2620 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002621 ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind;
2622 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) {
2623 SecondKind = ICK_Identity;
2624 } else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2625 SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002626 else {
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002627 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class,
2628 FromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002629 return ICS;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002630 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002631
2632 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002633 ICS.setStandard();
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002634 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2635 ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002636 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002637 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002638 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2639 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002640 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002641 return ICS;
2642}
2643
2644/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2645/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2646/// expression.
2647bool
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002648Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From,
2649 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002650 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002651 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002652 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002653 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002654 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002655
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002656 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002657 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2658 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2659 } else {
2660 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2661 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2662 }
2663
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002664 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
2665 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002666 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002667 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
2668 Method->getParent());
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002669 if (ICS.isBad())
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002670 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002671 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002672 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002673
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002674 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002675 return PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002676
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002677 if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType))
Anders Carlsson88465d32010-04-23 22:18:37 +00002678 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp, /*InheritancePath=*/0,
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002679 /*isLvalue=*/!From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002680 return false;
2681}
2682
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002683/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2684/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2685ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002686 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002687 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2688 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002689 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002690 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002691}
2692
2693/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2694/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2695bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2696 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002697 if (!ICS.isBad())
2698 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002699
Fariborz Jahaniancc5306a2009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002700 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002701 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2702 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2703 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2704 return true;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002705}
2706
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002707/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002708/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2709/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2710/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002711///
2712/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2713/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2714/// code completion.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002715void
2716Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002717 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002718 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002719 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002720 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002721 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002722 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002723 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002724 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002725 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002726 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002727
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002728 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002729 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2730 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2731 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2732 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2733 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002734 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
2735 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
2736 // is irrelevant.
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002737 AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(),
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002738 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002739 SuppressUserConversions);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002740 return;
2741 }
2742 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2743 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002744 }
2745
Douglas Gregorfd476482009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002746 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002747 return;
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002748
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002749 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2750 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2751
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002752 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2753 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2754 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2755 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2756 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2757 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2758 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
Douglas Gregor12116062010-02-21 18:30:38 +00002759 (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) ||
2760 IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getType(), ClassType)))
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002761 return;
2762 }
2763
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002764 // Add this candidate
2765 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2766 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002767 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002768 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002769 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002770 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002771 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002772
2773 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2774
2775 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2776 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2777 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor5bd1a112009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002778 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2779 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002780 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002781 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002782 return;
2783 }
2784
2785 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2786 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2787 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2788 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2789 // exactly m parameters.
2790 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002791 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002792 // Not enough arguments.
2793 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002794 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002795 return;
2796 }
2797
2798 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2799 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002800 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2801 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2802 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2803 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2804 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2805 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2806 // parameter of F.
2807 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002809 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregorc27d6c52010-04-16 17:41:49 +00002810 SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002811 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002812 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
2813 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002814 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002815 break;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002816 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002817 } else {
2818 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2819 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2820 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002821 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002822 }
2823 }
2824}
2825
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002826/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2827/// the overload canddiate set.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002828void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002829 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2830 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2831 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002832 for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002833 NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2834 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002835 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002836 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(),
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002837 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
2838 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002839 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2840 else
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002841 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002842 SuppressUserConversions);
2843 } else {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002844 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002845 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2846 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002847 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002848 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002849 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002850 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002851 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002852 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002853 else
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002854 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002855 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002856 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2857 SuppressUserConversions);
2858 }
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002859 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002860}
2861
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002862/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
2863/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002864void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002865 QualType ObjectType,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002866 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2867 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002868 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002869 NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002870 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002871
2872 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
2873 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
2874
2875 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
2876 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2877 "Expected a member function template");
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002878 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
2879 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002880 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002881 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002882 SuppressUserConversions);
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002883 } else {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002884 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002885 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002886 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002887 }
2888}
2889
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002890/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2891/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2892/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2893/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2894/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2895/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002896/// operators.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002897void
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002898Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00002899 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2900 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002901 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002902 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002903 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002904 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002905 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002906 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2907 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002908
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002909 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2910 return;
2911
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002912 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2913 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2914
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002915 // Add this candidate
2916 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2917 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002918 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002919 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002920 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002921 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002922
2923 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2924
2925 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2926 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2927 // list (8.3.5).
2928 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2929 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002930 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002931 return;
2932 }
2933
2934 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2935 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2936 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2937 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2938 // exactly m parameters.
2939 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2940 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2941 // Not enough arguments.
2942 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002943 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002944 return;
2945 }
2946
2947 Candidate.Viable = true;
2948 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2949
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002950 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002951 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2952 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2953 else {
2954 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2955 // parameter.
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002956 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2957 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002958 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002959 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002960 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002961 return;
2962 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002963 }
2964
2965 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2966 // arguments.
2967 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2968 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2969 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2970 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2971 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2972 // parameter of F.
2973 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002974 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00002975 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00002976 SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002977 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002978 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002979 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002980 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002981 break;
2982 }
2983 } else {
2984 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2985 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2986 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002987 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002988 }
2989 }
2990}
2991
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002992/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2993/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2994/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002995void
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002996Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002997 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002998 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002999 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003000 QualType ObjectType,
3001 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003002 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003003 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003004 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
3005 return;
3006
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003007 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003008 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003009 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003010 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003011 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3012 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3013 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3014 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3015 // functions.
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003016 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003017 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3018 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003019 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003020 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
3021 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
3022 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
3023 (void)Result;
3024 return;
3025 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003026
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003027 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3028 // deduction as a candidate.
3029 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003030 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003031 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003032 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl,
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003033 ActingContext, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003034 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00003035}
3036
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003037/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
3038/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
3039/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003040void
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003041Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003042 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003043 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003044 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3045 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003046 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003047 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3048 return;
3049
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003050 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003051 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003052 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003053 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003054 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
3055 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
3056 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
3057 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
3058 // functions.
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003059 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003060 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3061 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003062 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003063 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003064 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3065 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003066 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003067 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
3068 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003069 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00003070 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
3071 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
John McCall342fec42010-02-01 18:53:26 +00003072
3073 // TODO: record more information about failed template arguments
3074 Candidate.DeductionFailure.Result = Result;
3075 Candidate.DeductionFailure.TemplateParameter = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue();
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003076 return;
3077 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003078
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003079 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
3080 // deduction as a candidate.
3081 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003082 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor7ec77522010-04-16 17:33:27 +00003083 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003084}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003085
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003086/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003087/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003088/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003089/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003090/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
3091/// conversion function produces).
3092void
3093Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003094 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003095 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003096 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3097 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003098 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
3099 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00003100 QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003101 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3102 return;
3103
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003104 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3105 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3106
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003107 // Add this candidate
3108 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3109 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003110 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003111 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003112 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003113 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003114 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor3fbaf3e2010-04-17 22:01:05 +00003115 Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType);
Douglas Gregorad323a82010-01-27 03:51:04 +00003116 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003117
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003118 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3119 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003120 Candidate.Viable = true;
3121 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003122 Candidate.Conversions[0]
3123 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
3124 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00003125 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
3126 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
3127 // in overload resolution.
3128 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
3129 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003130 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003131 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003132 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003133 return;
3134 }
Fariborz Jahanian3759a032009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003135
3136 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
3137 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
3138 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
3139 QualType FromCanon
3140 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
3141 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
3142 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
3143 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003144 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3759a032009-10-19 19:18:20 +00003145 return;
3146 }
3147
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003148 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
3149 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
3150 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
3151 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
3152 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
3153 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
3154 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
3155 // well-formed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003156 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregor0a0d1ac2009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003157 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003158 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003159 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Anders Carlsson88465d32010-04-23 22:18:37 +00003160 &ConversionRef, /*InheritancePath=*/0, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003161
3162 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003163 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
3164 // allocator).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003165 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003166 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregor0a0d1ac2009-11-17 21:16:22 +00003167 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003168 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003169 TryCopyInitialization(*this, &Call, ToType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003170 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003171 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003172
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003173 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003174 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
3175 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
Douglas Gregorc520c842010-04-12 23:42:09 +00003176
3177 // C++ [over.ics.user]p3:
3178 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a
3179 // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence
3180 // shall have exact match rank.
3181 if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3182 GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) {
3183 Candidate.Viable = false;
3184 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact;
3185 }
3186
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003187 break;
3188
3189 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3190 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003191 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003192 break;
3193
3194 default:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003195 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003196 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
3197 }
3198}
3199
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003200/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
3201/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
3202/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
3203/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
3204/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003205void
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003206Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003207 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003208 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003209 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3210 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3211 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
3212 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
3213
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003214 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
3215 return;
3216
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00003217 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003218 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3219 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003220 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003221 Specialization, Info)) {
3222 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
3223 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
3224 (void)Result;
3225 return;
3226 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003228 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
3229 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
3230 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003231 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType,
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00003232 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003233}
3234
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003235/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
3236/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
3237/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
3238/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
3239/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
3240void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003241 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003242 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003243 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003244 QualType ObjectType,
3245 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003246 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00003247 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
3248 return;
3249
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003250 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3251 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3252
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003253 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3254 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003255 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003256 Candidate.Function = 0;
3257 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
3258 Candidate.Viable = true;
3259 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003260 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003261 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
3262
3263 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
3264 // object parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003265 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003266 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003267 if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003268 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003269 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00003270 Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003271 return;
3272 }
3273
3274 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
3275 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
3276 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003277 Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003278 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00003279 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003280 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003281 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003282 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
3283 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
3284
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285 // Find the
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003286 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3287
3288 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
3289 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
3290 // list (8.3.5).
3291 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
3292 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003293 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003294 return;
3295 }
3296
3297 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
3298 // we have enough arguments.
3299 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3300 // Not enough arguments.
3301 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003302 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003303 return;
3304 }
3305
3306 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3307 // arguments.
3308 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
3309 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
3310 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
3311 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
3312 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
3313 // parameter of F.
3314 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003316 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003317 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003318 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003319 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003320 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003321 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003322 break;
3323 }
3324 } else {
3325 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
3326 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
3327 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003328 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003329 }
3330 }
3331}
3332
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003333/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
3334/// member functions.
3335///
3336/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
3337/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
3338/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
3339/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
3340/// [over.match.oper]).
3341void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3342 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3343 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3344 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3345 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003346 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3347
3348 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3349 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
3350 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
3351 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
3352 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
3353 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
3354 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
3355 // constructed as follows:
3356 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
3357 QualType T2;
3358 if (NumArgs > 1)
3359 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
3360
3361 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
3362 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
3363 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
3364 // empty.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003365 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003366 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003367 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003368 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003369
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00003370 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3371 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
3372 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
3373
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003374 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003375 OperEnd = Operators.end();
3376 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003377 ++Oper)
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003378 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(),
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003379 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003380 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003381 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003382}
3383
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003384/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
3385/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
3386/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003387/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
3388/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003389/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3390/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3391/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003392void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003393 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003394 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003395 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3396 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003397 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3398 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3399
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003400 // Add this candidate
3401 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3402 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003403 Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003404 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003405 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003406 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003407 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3408 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3409 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3410
3411 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3412 // arguments.
3413 Candidate.Viable = true;
3414 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3415 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003416 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3417 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3418 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3419 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3420 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3421 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003423 //
3424 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3425 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3426 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3427 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003428 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003429 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003430 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3431 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3432 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003433 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00003434 = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003435 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003436 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003437 }
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003438 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003439 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003440 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003441 break;
3442 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003443 }
3444}
3445
3446/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3447/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3448/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3449/// enumeration types.
3450class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3451 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003452 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003453
3454 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3455 /// built-in candidates.
3456 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3457
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003458 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3459 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3460 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3461
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003462 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3463 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3464 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3465
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003466 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3467 /// candidate type set.
3468 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003469
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003470 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3471 ASTContext &Context;
3472
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003473 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3474 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003475 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003476
3477public:
3478 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003479 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003480
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003481 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003482 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003483
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003484 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3485 SourceLocation Loc,
3486 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003487 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3488 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003489
3490 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3491 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3492
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003493 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003494 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3495
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003496 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3497 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3498
3499 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3500 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3501
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003502 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3503 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3504
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003505 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003506 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
3507};
3508
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003509/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003510/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3511/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3512/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3513/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3514/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3515/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003516///
3517/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003518bool
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003519BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3520 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003521
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003522 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003523 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003524 return false;
3525
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003526 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3527 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003528
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003529 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redla9efada2009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003530 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3531 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3532 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3533 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3534 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3535 return true;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003536 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor89c49f02009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003537 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahaniand411b3f2009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003538 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003539 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3540 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3541
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003542 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3543 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3544 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003545 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3546 // in the types.
3547 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3548 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003549 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3550 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003551 }
3552
3553 return true;
3554}
3555
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003556/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3557/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3558/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3559/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3560/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3561/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3562/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003563///
3564/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003565bool
3566BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3567 QualType Ty) {
3568 // Insert this type.
3569 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3570 return false;
3571
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003572 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3573 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003574
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003575 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redla9efada2009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003576 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3577 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3578 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3579 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3580 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3581 return true;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003582 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3583
3584 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3585 // qualifiers.
3586 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3587 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3588 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3589
3590 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3591 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003592 }
3593
3594 return true;
3595}
3596
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003597/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3598/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003599/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3600/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003601/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3602/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3603/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3604/// type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003605void
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003606BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003607 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003608 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003609 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3610 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003611 // Only deal with canonical types.
3612 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3613
3614 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3615 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003616 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003617 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3618
3619 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003620 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003621
Sebastian Redla65b5512009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003622 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3623 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3624 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3625
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003626 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003627 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3628
3629 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3630 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003631 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003632 return;
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003633 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3634 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3635 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3636 return;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003637 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003638 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003639 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003640 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003641 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003642 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3643 return;
3644 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003645
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003646 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003647 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianca4fb042009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003648 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003649 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003650 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003651 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3652 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3653 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003654
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003655 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003656 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003657 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003658 continue;
3659
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003660 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003661 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003662 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003663 VisibleQuals);
3664 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003665 }
3666 }
3667 }
3668}
3669
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003670/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3671/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3672/// given type to the candidate set.
3673static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3674 QualType T,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003675 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003676 unsigned NumArgs,
3677 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3678 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003679
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003680 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3681 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3682 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3683 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3684 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003685
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003686 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3687 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003688 ParamTypes[0]
3689 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003690 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3691 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003692 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003693 }
3694}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003695
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003696/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3697/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003698static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3699 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3700 const RecordType *TyRec;
3701 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3702 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3703 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3704 else
3705 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3706 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003707 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003708 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3709 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3710 return VRQuals;
3711 }
3712
3713 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003714 if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition())
3715 return VRQuals;
3716
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003717 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003718 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003719
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003720 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003721 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003722 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3723 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3724 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
3725 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003726 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3727 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3728 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3729 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3730 // as see them.
3731 bool done = false;
3732 while (!done) {
3733 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3734 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3735 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3736 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3737 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3738 else
3739 done = true;
3740 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3741 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3742 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3743 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3744 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3745 return VRQuals;
3746 }
3747 }
3748 }
3749 return VRQuals;
3750}
3751
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003752/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3753/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3754/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3755/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3756/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003757void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003759 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003760 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3761 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003762 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3763 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3764 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3765 // types; these types need to be first.
3766 // FIXME: What about complex?
3767 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3768 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003769 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003770 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3771 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3772 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3773 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3774 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003775 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3776// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003777 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3778 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3779 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3780 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3781 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3782 };
Douglas Gregor652371a2009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003783 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3784 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3785 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3786 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3787 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3788 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3789 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3790 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3791 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3792 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3793
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003794 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3795 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3796 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003797 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3798 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003799 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3800 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3801
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003802 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003803 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3804 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003805 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003806 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003807 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003808 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003809 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003810 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003811 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003812 true,
3813 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3814 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003815 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3816 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003817 }
3818
3819 bool isComparison = false;
3820 switch (Op) {
3821 case OO_None:
3822 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3823 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3824 break;
3825
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003826 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003827 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003828 goto UnaryStar;
3829 else
3830 goto BinaryStar;
3831 break;
3832
3833 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3834 if (NumArgs == 1)
3835 goto UnaryPlus;
3836 else
3837 goto BinaryPlus;
3838 break;
3839
3840 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3841 if (NumArgs == 1)
3842 goto UnaryMinus;
3843 else
3844 goto BinaryMinus;
3845 break;
3846
3847 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3848 if (NumArgs == 1)
3849 goto UnaryAmp;
3850 else
3851 goto BinaryAmp;
3852
3853 case OO_PlusPlus:
3854 case OO_MinusMinus:
3855 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3856 //
3857 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3858 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3859 // functions of the form
3860 //
3861 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3862 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3863 //
3864 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3865 //
3866 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3867 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3868 // candidate operator functions of the form
3869 //
3870 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3871 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003872 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003873 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3874 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003875 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003876 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003877
3878 // Non-volatile version.
3879 if (NumArgs == 1)
3880 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3881 else
3882 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003883 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3884 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3885 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3886 // Volatile version
3887 ParamTypes[0]
3888 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3889 if (NumArgs == 1)
3890 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3891 else
3892 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3893 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003894 }
3895
3896 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3897 //
3898 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3899 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3900 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3901 //
3902 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3903 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3904 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3905 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3906 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3907 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3908 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003909 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003910 continue;
3911
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003912 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3913 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003914 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003915
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003916 // Without volatile
3917 if (NumArgs == 1)
3918 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3919 else
3920 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3921
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003922 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3923 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003924 // With volatile
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003925 ParamTypes[0]
3926 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003927 if (NumArgs == 1)
3928 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3929 else
3930 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3931 }
3932 }
3933 break;
3934
3935 UnaryStar:
3936 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3937 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3938 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3939 //
3940 // T& operator*(T*);
3941 //
3942 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3943 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3944 // functions of the form
3945 // T& operator*(T*);
3946 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3947 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3948 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003949 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003950 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003951 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3952 }
3953 break;
3954
3955 UnaryPlus:
3956 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3957 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3958 // the form
3959 //
3960 // T* operator+(T*);
3961 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3962 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3963 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3964 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3965 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003966
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003967 // Fall through
3968
3969 UnaryMinus:
3970 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3971 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3972 // operator functions of the form
3973 //
3974 // T operator+(T);
3975 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003976 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003977 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3978 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3979 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3980 }
3981 break;
3982
3983 case OO_Tilde:
3984 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3985 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3986 // operator functions of the form
3987 //
3988 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003989 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003990 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3991 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3992 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3993 }
3994 break;
3995
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003996 case OO_New:
3997 case OO_Delete:
3998 case OO_Array_New:
3999 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004000 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004001 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004002 break;
4003
4004 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004005 UnaryAmp:
4006 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004007 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
4008 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
4009 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004010 break;
4011
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004012 case OO_EqualEqual:
4013 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
4014 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004015 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
4016 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004017 //
4018 // bool operator==(T,T);
4019 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004020 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004021 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4022 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4023 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
4024 ++MemPtr) {
4025 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
4026 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4027 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004028
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004029 // Fall through
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004030
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004031 case OO_Less:
4032 case OO_Greater:
4033 case OO_LessEqual:
4034 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004035 // C++ [over.built]p15:
4036 //
4037 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
4038 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004039 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004040 // bool operator<(T, T);
4041 // bool operator>(T, T);
4042 // bool operator<=(T, T);
4043 // bool operator>=(T, T);
4044 // bool operator==(T, T);
4045 // bool operator!=(T, T);
4046 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4047 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4048 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4049 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4050 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004051 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004052 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
4053 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
4054 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
4055 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4056 }
4057
4058 // Fall through.
4059 isComparison = true;
4060
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004061 BinaryPlus:
4062 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004063 if (!isComparison) {
4064 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
4065
4066 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4067 //
4068 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
4069 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004070 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004071 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4072 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
4073 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
4074 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4075 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
4076 //
4077 // C++ [over.built]p14:
4078 //
4079 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
4080 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4081 //
4082 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004083 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004084 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4085 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4086 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
4087
4088 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
4089 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4090
4091 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
4092 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
4093 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4094 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4095 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4096 } else {
4097 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
4098 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4099 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
4100 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4101 }
4102 }
4103 }
4104 // Fall through
4105
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004106 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004107 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004108 Conditional:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004109 // C++ [over.built]p12:
4110 //
4111 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
4112 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4113 //
4114 // LR operator*(L, R);
4115 // LR operator/(L, R);
4116 // LR operator+(L, R);
4117 // LR operator-(L, R);
4118 // bool operator<(L, R);
4119 // bool operator>(L, R);
4120 // bool operator<=(L, R);
4121 // bool operator>=(L, R);
4122 // bool operator==(L, R);
4123 // bool operator!=(L, R);
4124 //
4125 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4126 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004127 //
4128 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4129 //
4130 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
4131 // candidate operator functions of the form
4132 //
4133 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
4134 //
4135 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4136 // between types L and R.
4137 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004138 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004139 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004140 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004141 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4142 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004143 QualType Result
4144 = isComparison
4145 ? Context.BoolTy
4146 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004147 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4148 }
4149 }
4150 break;
4151
4152 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004153 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004154 case OO_Caret:
4155 case OO_Pipe:
4156 case OO_LessLess:
4157 case OO_GreaterGreater:
4158 // C++ [over.built]p17:
4159 //
4160 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
4161 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
4162 //
4163 // LR operator%(L, R);
4164 // LR operator&(L, R);
4165 // LR operator^(L, R);
4166 // LR operator|(L, R);
4167 // L operator<<(L, R);
4168 // L operator>>(L, R);
4169 //
4170 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
4171 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004172 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004173 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004174 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004175 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4176 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
4177 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
4178 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004179 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004180 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4181 }
4182 }
4183 break;
4184
4185 case OO_Equal:
4186 // C++ [over.built]p20:
4187 //
4188 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004189 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004190 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4191 //
4192 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004193 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4194 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
4195 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
4196 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004198 CandidateSet);
4199 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4200 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4201 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4202 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004203 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00004204 CandidateSet);
4205 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004206
4207 case OO_PlusEqual:
4208 case OO_MinusEqual:
4209 // C++ [over.built]p19:
4210 //
4211 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
4212 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
4213 // of the form
4214 //
4215 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
4216 //
4217 // C++ [over.built]p21:
4218 //
4219 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
4220 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
4221 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4222 //
4223 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4224 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
4225 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4226 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4227 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4228 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
4229
4230 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004231 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004232 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4233 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004234
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004235 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
4236 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004237 // volatile version
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004238 ParamTypes[0]
4239 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004240 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4241 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004242 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004243 }
4244 // Fall through.
4245
4246 case OO_StarEqual:
4247 case OO_SlashEqual:
4248 // C++ [over.built]p18:
4249 //
4250 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
4251 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
4252 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
4253 // the form
4254 //
4255 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
4256 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
4257 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
4258 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
4259 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
4260 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004261 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004262 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
4263 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4264 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4265
4266 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004267 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00004268 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4269 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004270
4271 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00004272 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4273 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
4274 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4275 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4276 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
4277 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004278 }
4279 }
4280 break;
4281
4282 case OO_PercentEqual:
4283 case OO_LessLessEqual:
4284 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
4285 case OO_AmpEqual:
4286 case OO_CaretEqual:
4287 case OO_PipeEqual:
4288 // C++ [over.built]p22:
4289 //
4290 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
4291 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
4292 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4293 //
4294 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
4295 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
4296 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
4297 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
4298 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
4299 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
4300 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004301 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004302 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
4303 QualType ParamTypes[2];
4304 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
4305
4306 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004307 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004308 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian035c46f2009-10-20 00:04:40 +00004309 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
4310 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
4311 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
4312 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
4313 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
4314 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4315 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004316 }
4317 }
4318 break;
4319
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004320 case OO_Exclaim: {
4321 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4322 //
4323 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4324 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004326 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4327 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4328 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004329 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
4330 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4331 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004332 break;
4333 }
4334
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004335 case OO_AmpAmp:
4336 case OO_PipePipe: {
4337 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4338 //
4339 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4340 //
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004341 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004342 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
4343 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
4344 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004345 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4346 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4347 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004348 break;
4349 }
4350
4351 case OO_Subscript:
4352 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4353 //
4354 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
4355 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004356 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004357 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4358 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
4359 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4360 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
4361 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4362 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4363 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4364 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004365 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004366 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004367
4368 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
4369 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4370
4371 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4372 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4373 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4374 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4375 }
4376 break;
4377
4378 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004379 // C++ [over.built]p11:
4380 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
4381 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
4382 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
4383 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4384 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
4385 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
4386 {
4387 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4388 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4389 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4390 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
4391 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004392 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004393 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004394 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004395 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
4396 continue;
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004397 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4398 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4399 // volatile/restrict type.
4400 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4401 continue;
4402 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4403 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004404 }
4405 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4406 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4407 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4408 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4409 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4410 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian43036972009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004411 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004412 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4413 break;
4414 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4415 // build CV12 T&
4416 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004417 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4418 T.isVolatileQualified())
4419 continue;
4420 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4421 T.isRestrictQualified())
4422 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004423 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004424 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4425 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4426 }
4427 }
4428 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004429 break;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004430
4431 case OO_Conditional:
4432 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4433 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4434 // therefore added as binary.
4435 //
4436 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4437 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4438 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4439 //
4440 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4441 //
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004442 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4443 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4444 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4445 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4446 }
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004447 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4448 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4449 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4450 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4451 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4452 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004453 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004454 }
4455}
4456
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004457/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4458/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4459///
4460/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4461/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4462/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4463/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004464void
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004465Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004466 bool Operator,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004467 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004468 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004469 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4470 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004471 ADLResult Fns;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004472
John McCalla113e722010-01-26 06:04:06 +00004473 // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing
4474 // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality,
4475 // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However,
4476 // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the
4477 // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are
4478 // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway?
4479
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004480 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004481 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Operator, Args, NumArgs, Fns);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004482
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004483 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004484 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4485 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4486 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004487 if (Cand->Function) {
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004488 Fns.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004489 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004490 Fns.erase(FunTmpl);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004491 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004492
4493 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4494 // set.
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004495 for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004496 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004497 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004498 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004499 continue;
4500
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004501 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorc27d6c52010-04-16 17:41:49 +00004502 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004503 } else
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004504 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I),
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004505 FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004506 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004507 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004508}
4509
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004510/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4511/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004512bool
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004513Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004514 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2,
4515 SourceLocation Loc) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004516 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4517 // functions.
4518 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4519 return Cand1.Viable;
4520 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4521 return false;
4522
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004523 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4524 //
4525 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4526 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4527 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4528 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4529 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4530 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4531 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004532
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004533 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004534 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4535 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004536 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004537 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4538 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4539 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004540 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004541 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4542 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4543 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4544 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4545 HasBetterConversion = true;
4546 break;
4547
4548 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4549 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4550 return false;
4551
4552 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4553 // Do nothing.
4554 break;
4555 }
4556 }
4557
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004558 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004559 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004560 if (HasBetterConversion)
4561 return true;
4562
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004563 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004564 // specialization, or, if not that,
4565 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4566 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4567 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004568
4569 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4570 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4571 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004572 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor1f561c12009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004573 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4574 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004575 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4576 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4577 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004578 Loc,
Douglas Gregor5d7d3752009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004579 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4580 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004581 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004582
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004583 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4584 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4585 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4586 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4587 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4588 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004589 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4590 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004591 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4592 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4593 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4594 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4595 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4596 return true;
4597
4598 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4599 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4600 return false;
4601
4602 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4603 // Do nothing
4604 break;
4605 }
4606 }
4607
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004608 return false;
4609}
4610
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004611/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004612/// within an overload candidate set.
4613///
4614/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4615///
4616/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4617/// which overload resolution occurs.
4618///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004619/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004620/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4621///
4622/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00004623OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4624 SourceLocation Loc,
4625 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004626 // Find the best viable function.
4627 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4628 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4629 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4630 if (Cand->Viable) {
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004631 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() ||
4632 isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best, Loc))
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004633 Best = Cand;
4634 }
4635 }
4636
4637 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4638 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4639 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4640
4641 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4642 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4643 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4644 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004645 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004646 Cand != Best &&
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004647 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand, Loc)) {
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004648 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004649 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004650 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004651 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004652
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004653 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004654 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004655 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004656 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004657 return OR_Deleted;
4658
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004659 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4660 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004661 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4662 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004663 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4664 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4665 if (Best->Function)
4666 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004667 return OR_Success;
4668}
4669
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004670namespace {
4671
4672enum OverloadCandidateKind {
4673 oc_function,
4674 oc_method,
4675 oc_constructor,
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004676 oc_function_template,
4677 oc_method_template,
4678 oc_constructor_template,
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004679 oc_implicit_default_constructor,
4680 oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004681 oc_implicit_copy_assignment
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004682};
4683
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004684OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
4685 FunctionDecl *Fn,
4686 std::string &Description) {
4687 bool isTemplate = false;
4688
4689 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4690 isTemplate = true;
4691 Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
4692 FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
4693 }
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004694
4695 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004696 if (!Ctor->isImplicit())
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004697 return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004698
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004699 return Ctor->isCopyConstructor() ? oc_implicit_copy_constructor
4700 : oc_implicit_default_constructor;
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004701 }
4702
4703 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4704 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
4705 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004706 if (!Meth->isImplicit())
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004707 return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004708
4709 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
4710 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004711 return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
4712 }
4713
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004714 return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004715}
4716
4717} // end anonymous namespace
4718
4719// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
4720void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004721 std::string FnDesc;
4722 OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Fn, FnDesc);
4723 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate)
4724 << (unsigned) K << FnDesc;
John McCallb1622a12010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004725}
4726
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004727/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the
4728/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
4729/// target types of the conversion.
4730void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
4731 SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4732 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
4733 Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
4734 << ICS.Ambiguous.getFromType() << ICS.Ambiguous.getToType();
4735 for (AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator
4736 I = ICS.Ambiguous.begin(), E = ICS.Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4737 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I);
4738 }
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004739}
4740
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004741namespace {
4742
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004743void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, unsigned I) {
4744 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
4745 assert(Conv.isBad());
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004746 assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
4747 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4748
4749 // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
4750 // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the
4751 // conversion-slot index.
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004752 bool isObjectArgument = false;
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004753 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004754 if (I == 0)
4755 isObjectArgument = true;
4756 else
4757 I--;
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004758 }
4759
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004760 std::string FnDesc;
4761 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
4762
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004763 Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
4764 QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
4765 QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004766
John McCall5920dbb2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004767 if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004768 assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?");
John McCall5920dbb2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004769 Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens();
4770 if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E))
4771 E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00004772 DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName();
John McCall5920dbb2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004773
4774 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload)
4775 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4776 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4777 << ToTy << Name << I+1;
4778 return;
4779 }
4780
John McCall258b2032010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004781 // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
4782 // to a qualifier mismatch.
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004783 CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
4784 CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
4785 if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4786 CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4787 else {
4788 // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
4789 if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4790 if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4791 CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(), CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
4792 }
4793
4794 if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
4795 !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
4796 // It is dumb that we have to do this here.
4797 while (isa<ArrayType>(CFromTy))
4798 CFromTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4799 while (isa<ArrayType>(CToTy))
4800 CToTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4801
4802 Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
4803 Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
4804
4805 if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
4806 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
4807 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4808 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4809 << FromTy
4810 << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
4811 << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4812 return;
4813 }
4814
4815 unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
4816 assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");
4817
4818 if (isObjectArgument) {
4819 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
4820 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4821 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4822 << FromTy << (CVR - 1);
4823 } else {
4824 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
4825 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4826 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4827 << FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
4828 }
4829 return;
4830 }
4831
John McCall258b2032010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004832 // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
4833 // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
4834 // the failure.
4835 QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
4836 if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4837 TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
4838 if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
4839 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
4840 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4841 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4842 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4843 return;
4844 }
4845
John McCall651f3ee2010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004846 // TODO: specialize more based on the kind of mismatch
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004847 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv)
4848 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004849 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
John McCalle81e15e2010-01-14 00:56:20 +00004850 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004851}
4852
4853void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4854 unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
4855 // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
4856
4857 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4858 const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4859
4860 unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
4861
4862 // at least / at most / exactly
4863 unsigned mode, modeCount;
4864 if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
4865 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments);
4866 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs() || FnTy->isVariadic())
4867 mode = 0; // "at least"
4868 else
4869 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4870 modeCount = MinParams;
4871 } else {
4872 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments);
4873 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs())
4874 mode = 1; // "at most"
4875 else
4876 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4877 modeCount = FnTy->getNumArgs();
4878 }
4879
4880 std::string Description;
4881 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, Description);
4882
4883 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
4884 << (unsigned) FnKind << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004885}
4886
John McCall342fec42010-02-01 18:53:26 +00004887/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction.
4888void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4889 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
4890 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; // pattern
4891
4892 TemplateParameter Param = TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(
4893 Cand->DeductionFailure.TemplateParameter);
4894
4895 switch (Cand->DeductionFailure.Result) {
4896 case Sema::TDK_Success:
4897 llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");
4898
4899 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: {
4900 NamedDecl *ParamD;
4901 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) ||
4902 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) ||
4903 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>());
4904 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result");
4905 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction)
4906 << ParamD->getDeclName();
4907 return;
4908 }
4909
4910 // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off
4911 // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague.
4912 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
4913 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
4914 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
4915 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
4916 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
4917 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
4918 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
4919 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
4920 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
4921 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction);
4922 return;
4923 }
4924}
4925
4926/// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've
4927/// already generated a primary error at the call site.
4928///
4929/// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret
4930/// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some
4931/// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing
4932/// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still
4933/// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed
4934/// overload.
4935///
4936/// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems
4937/// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd
4938/// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics.
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004939void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4940 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004941 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4942
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004943 // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004944 if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() || Fn->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())) {
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004945 std::string FnDesc;
4946 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
John McCall3c80f572010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004947
4948 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004949 << FnKind << FnDesc << Fn->isDeleted();
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004950 return;
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004951 }
4952
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004953 // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
4954 if (Cand->Viable) {
4955 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
4956 return;
4957 }
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004958
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004959 switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
4960 case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
4961 case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
4962 return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004963
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004964 case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
John McCall342fec42010-02-01 18:53:26 +00004965 return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
4966
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004967 case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
4968 case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
Douglas Gregorc520c842010-04-12 23:42:09 +00004969 case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact:
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004970 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004971
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004972 case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: {
4973 unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
4974 for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCalladbb8f82010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004975 if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
4976 return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I);
4977
4978 // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
4979 // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle
4980 // those conditions and diagnose them well.
4981 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004982 }
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004983 }
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004984}
4985
4986void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4987 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4988 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4989 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4990 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
4991 bool isLValueReference = false;
4992 bool isRValueReference = false;
4993 bool isPointer = false;
4994 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4995 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
4996 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4997 isLValueReference = true;
4998 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4999 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
5000 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
5001 isRValueReference = true;
5002 }
5003 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5004 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5005 isPointer = true;
5006 }
5007 // Desugar down to a function type.
5008 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
5009 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
5010 if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
5011 if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
5012 if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
5013
5014 S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
5015 << FnType;
5016}
5017
5018void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
5019 const char *Opc,
5020 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5021 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5022 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
5023 std::string TypeStr("operator");
5024 TypeStr += Opc;
5025 TypeStr += "(";
5026 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
5027 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
5028 TypeStr += ")";
5029 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5030 } else {
5031 TypeStr += ", ";
5032 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
5033 TypeStr += ")";
5034 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
5035 }
5036}
5037
5038void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5039 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5040 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
5041 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
5042 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005043 if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
5044 if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;
5045
5046 S.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(ICS, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005047 S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005048 }
5049}
5050
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005051SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
5052 if (Cand->Function)
5053 return Cand->Function->getLocation();
John McCallf3cf22b2010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005054 if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005055 return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
5056 return SourceLocation();
5057}
5058
John McCallbf65c0b2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005059struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
5060 Sema &S;
5061 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005062
5063 bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
5064 const OverloadCandidate *R) {
John McCallf3cf22b2010-01-16 03:50:16 +00005065 // Fast-path this check.
5066 if (L == R) return false;
5067
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005068 // Order first by viability.
John McCallbf65c0b2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005069 if (L->Viable) {
5070 if (!R->Viable) return true;
5071
5072 // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
5073 // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
5074 // that could exploit it.
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005075 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*L, *R, SourceLocation())) return true;
5076 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*R, *L, SourceLocation())) return false;
John McCallbf65c0b2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005077 } else if (R->Viable)
5078 return false;
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005079
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005080 assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005081
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005082 // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
5083 if (!L->Viable) {
5084 // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
5085 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5086 L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5087 return false;
5088 if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
5089 R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
5090 return true;
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005091
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005092 // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
5093 // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
5094 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
5095 if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5096 return true;
5097
5098 // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
5099 // FIXME: this might not be transitive.
5100 assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size());
5101
5102 int leftBetter = 0;
John McCall3a813372010-02-25 10:46:05 +00005103 unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument);
5104 for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005105 switch (S.CompareImplicitConversionSequences(L->Conversions[I],
5106 R->Conversions[I])) {
5107 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
5108 leftBetter++;
5109 break;
5110
5111 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
5112 leftBetter--;
5113 break;
5114
5115 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
5116 break;
5117 }
5118 }
5119 if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
5120 if (leftBetter < 0) return false;
5121
5122 } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
5123 return false;
5124
John McCall1b77e732010-01-15 23:32:50 +00005125 // TODO: others?
5126 }
5127
5128 // Sort everything else by location.
5129 SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
5130 SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);
5131
5132 // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
5133 if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
5134 if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;
5135
5136 return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005137 }
5138};
5139
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005140/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
5141/// computes up to the first
5142void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
5143 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5144 assert(!Cand->Viable);
5145
5146 // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
5147 if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;
5148
5149 // Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005150 unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005151 unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size();
5152 while (true) {
5153 assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
5154 ConvIdx++;
5155 if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad())
5156 break;
5157 }
5158
5159 if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
5160 return;
5161
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00005162 assert(!Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() &&
5163 "remaining conversion is initialized?");
5164
Douglas Gregor23ef6c02010-04-16 17:45:54 +00005165 // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005166 // operation somehow.
5167 bool SuppressUserConversions = false;
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005168
5169 const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
5170 unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;
5171
5172 if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
5173 QualType ConvType
5174 = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5175 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5176 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
5177 Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5178 ArgIdx--;
5179 } else if (Cand->Function) {
5180 Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5181 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
5182 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
5183 ArgIdx--;
5184 } else {
5185 // Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
5186 assert(ConvCount <= 3);
5187 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
5188 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005189 = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ConvIdx],
5190 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
5191 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005192 /*InOverloadResolution*/ true);
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005193 return;
5194 }
5195
5196 // Fill in the rest of the conversions.
5197 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5198 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
5199 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto)
5200 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005201 = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx),
5202 SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor74eb6582010-04-16 17:51:22 +00005203 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005204 else
5205 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
5206 }
5207}
5208
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005209} // end anonymous namespace
5210
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005211/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
5212/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005213/// set.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005214void
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005215Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005216 OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005217 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005218 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian16a5eac2009-10-09 00:13:15 +00005219 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005220 // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
5221 // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
5222 llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
5223 if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(CandidateSet.size());
5224 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
5225 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005226 Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
5227 if (Cand->Viable)
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005228 Cands.push_back(Cand);
John McCall717e8912010-01-23 05:17:32 +00005229 else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
5230 CompleteNonViableCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
5231 Cands.push_back(Cand);
5232 }
5233 }
5234
John McCallbf65c0b2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00005235 std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
5236 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(*this));
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005237
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005238 bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005239
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005240 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
5241 for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5242 OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00005243
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005244 if (Cand->Function)
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005245 NoteFunctionCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005246 else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
5247 NoteSurrogateCandidate(*this, Cand);
5248
5249 // This a builtin candidate. We do not, in general, want to list
5250 // every possible builtin candidate.
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005251 else if (Cand->Viable) {
5252 // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
5253 // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
5254 // ambiguous user-defined conversion.
5255 //
5256 // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
5257 // different ambiguities, though.
5258 if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
5259 NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(*this, OpLoc, Cand);
5260 ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
5261 }
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005262
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005263 // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
John McCalla1d7d622010-01-08 00:58:21 +00005264 NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(*this, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005265 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005266 }
5267}
5268
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005269static bool CheckUnresolvedAccess(Sema &S, OverloadExpr *E, DeclAccessPair D) {
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005270 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E))
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005271 return S.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E), D);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005272
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005273 return S.CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E), D);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005274}
5275
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005276/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
5277/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
5278/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
5279/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
5280///
5281/// @code
5282/// int f(double);
5283/// int f(int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005284///
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005285/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
5286/// @endcode
5287///
5288/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
5289/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
5290/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
5291FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005292Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005293 bool Complain,
5294 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005295 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005296 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005297 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005298 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005299 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarbb710012009-02-26 19:13:44 +00005300 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005301 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005302 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005303 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5304 IsMember = true;
5305 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005306
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005307 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5308 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5309 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005310 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5311 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5312 // operator.
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005313 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
5314 TemplateArgumentListInfo ETABuffer, *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5315 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5316 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ETABuffer);
5317 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &ETABuffer;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005318 }
Douglas Gregor1a8cf732010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005319
5320 // We expect a pointer or reference to function, or a function pointer.
5321 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
5322 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType()) {
5323 if (Complain)
5324 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref)
5325 << OvlExpr->getName() << ToType;
5326
5327 return 0;
5328 }
5329
5330 assert(From->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005331
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005332 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5333 // whose type matches exactly.
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005334 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb7a09262010-04-01 18:32:35 +00005335 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> NonMatches;
5336
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005337 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005338 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5339 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005340 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
5341 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5342
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005343 // C++ [over.over]p3:
5344 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl0defd762009-02-05 12:33:33 +00005345 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
5346 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005347 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
5348 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005349
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005350 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005351 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005352 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005353 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005354 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005355 // static when converting to member pointer.
5356 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
5357 continue;
5358 } else if (IsMember)
5359 continue;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005360
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005361 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005362 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5363 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5364 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5365 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005366 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005367 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005368 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005369 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005370 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005371 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005372 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
5373 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5374 (void)Result;
5375 } else {
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005376 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
5377 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005378 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005379 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005380 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5381 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005382 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005383
5384 continue;
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005385 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005386
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005387 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005388 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
5389 // when converting to member pointer.
5390 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005391 continue;
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005392
5393 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005394 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005395 continue;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005396 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005397 continue;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005398
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005399 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00005400 QualType ResultTy;
5401 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
5402 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
5403 ResultTy)) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005404 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5405 cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005406 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
5407 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005408 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005409 }
5410
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005411 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1a8cf732010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005412 if (Matches.empty()) {
5413 if (Complain) {
5414 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable)
5415 << OvlExpr->getName() << FunctionType;
5416 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5417 E = OvlExpr->decls_end();
5418 I != E; ++I)
5419 if (FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
5420 NoteOverloadCandidate(F);
5421 }
5422
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005423 return 0;
Douglas Gregor1a8cf732010-04-14 23:11:21 +00005424 } else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005425 FunctionDecl *Result = Matches[0].second;
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005426 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005427 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005428 if (Complain)
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005429 CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005430 return Result;
5431 }
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005432
5433 // C++ [over.over]p4:
5434 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005435 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005436 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
5437 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
5438 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
5439 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
5440 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
5441
5442 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
5443 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
5444 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
5445 // best function template (if it exists).
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005446
5447 UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid!
5448 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5449 MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005450
5451 UnresolvedSetIterator Result =
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005452 getMostSpecialized(MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(),
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005453 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
5454 PDiag(),
5455 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005456 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(),
John McCall220ccbf2010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005457 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
5458 << (unsigned) oc_function_template);
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005459 assert(Result != MatchesCopy.end() && "no most-specialized template");
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005460 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), *Result);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005461 FoundResult = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first;
5462 if (Complain)
5463 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, FoundResult);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005464 return cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result);
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005465 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005466
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005467 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
5468 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005469 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005470 if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005471 ++I;
5472 else {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005473 Matches[I] = Matches[--N];
5474 Matches.set_size(N);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005475 }
5476 }
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005477
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005478 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005479 // selected function.
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005480 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005481 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Matches[0].second);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005482 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005483 if (Complain)
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005484 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
5485 return cast<FunctionDecl>(Matches[0].second);
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005486 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005487
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005488 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
5489 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
5490 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005491 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName();
5492 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5493 NoteOverloadCandidate(Matches[I].second);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005494 return 0;
5495}
5496
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005497/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
5498/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
5499///
5500/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
5501/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
5502/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
5503/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
5504FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
5505 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5506 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5507 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005508 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5509 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5510 // operator.
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005511
5512 if (From->getType() != Context.OverloadTy)
5513 return 0;
5514
5515 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005516
5517 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005518 if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005519 return 0;
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005520
5521 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
5522 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005523
5524 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5525 // whose type matches exactly.
5526 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005527 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5528 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005529 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
5530 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
5531 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
5532 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
5533 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
5534 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
5535 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
5536
5537 // C++ [over.over]p2:
5538 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5539 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5540 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5541 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
5542 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005543 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005544 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor4b52e252009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005545 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
5546 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5547 Specialization, Info)) {
5548 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5549 (void)Result;
5550 continue;
5551 }
5552
5553 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
5554 if (Matched)
5555 return 0;
5556
5557 Matched = Specialization;
5558 }
5559
5560 return Matched;
5561}
5562
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005563/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
5564static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005565 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005566 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005567 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5568 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5569 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005570 NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005571 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
5572 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
5573
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005574 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005575 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005576 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorc27d6c52010-04-16 17:41:49 +00005577 false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005578 return;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005579 }
5580
5581 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
5582 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005583 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl,
5584 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005585 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005586 return;
5587 }
5588
5589 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
5590
5591 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005592}
5593
5594/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
5595/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005596void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005597 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5598 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5599 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005600
5601#ifndef NDEBUG
5602 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
5603 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005604 //
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005605 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
5606 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
5607 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
5608 //
5609 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
5610 //
5611 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005612 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005613 //
5614 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
5615 // template
5616 //
5617 // then Y is empty.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005618
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005619 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5620 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5621 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5622 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
5623 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
5624 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
5625 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005626 }
5627 }
5628#endif
5629
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005630 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
5631 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5632 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5633 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5634 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5635 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5636 }
5637
5638 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5639 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005640 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005641 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005642 PartialOverloading);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005643
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005644 if (ULE->requiresADL())
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005645 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), /*Operator*/ false,
5646 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005647 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005648 CandidateSet,
5649 PartialOverloading);
5650}
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005651
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005652static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
5653 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5654 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5655 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5656 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5657 return SemaRef.ExprError();
5658}
5659
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005660/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
5661///
5662/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005663static Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1aae80b2010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005664BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005665 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
5666 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5667 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5668 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5669 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005670
5671 CXXScopeSpec SS;
5672 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
5673 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
5674 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
5675 }
5676
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005677 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5678 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5679 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5680 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5681 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5682 }
5683
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005684 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
5685 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor1aae80b2010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005686 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005687 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005688
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005689 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
5690
5691 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
5692 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
5693 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
5694 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
5695 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5696 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
5697 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5698 else
5699 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
5700
5701 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
5702 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
5703
5704 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5705
5706 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
5707 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
5708 // end up here.
5709 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
5710 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
5711 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005712}
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005713
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005714/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00005715/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
5716/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
5717/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
5718/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00005719/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005720/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005721Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1aae80b2010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005722Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005723 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5724 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5725 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5726 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5727#ifndef NDEBUG
5728 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5729 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
5730 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
5731
5732 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
5733 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
5734 FunctionDecl *F;
5735 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
5736 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
5737 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
5738 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
5739
5740 // We don't perform ADL in C.
5741 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
5742 }
5743#endif
5744
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005745 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00005746
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005747 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
5748 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
5749 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005750
5751 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
5752 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
5753 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005754 if (CandidateSet.empty())
Douglas Gregor1aae80b2010-04-14 20:27:54 +00005755 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005756 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005757
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005758 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005759 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005760 case OR_Success: {
5761 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005762 CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005763 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, Best->FoundDecl, FDecl);
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005764 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5765 }
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005766
5767 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005768 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005769 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005770 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005771 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005772 break;
5773
5774 case OR_Ambiguous:
5775 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005776 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005777 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005778 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005779
5780 case OR_Deleted:
5781 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
5782 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005783 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005784 << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005785 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005786 break;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005787 }
5788
5789 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
5790 // return NULL.
5791 Fn->Destroy(Context);
5792 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5793 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005794 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005795}
5796
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005797static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005798 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
5799 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
5800}
5801
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005802/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5803/// operator.
5804///
5805/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
5806///
5807/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5808/// operator.
5809///
5810/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5811/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5812/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5813/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5814/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5815/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
5816///
5817/// \param input The input argument.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005818Sema::OwningExprResult
5819Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpcIn,
5820 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
5821 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005822 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5823 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
5824
5825 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5826 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
5827 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5828
5829 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
5830 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005831
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005832 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
5833 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
5834 // post-decrement.
5835 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
5836 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005837 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005838 SourceLocation());
5839 NumArgs = 2;
5840 }
5841
5842 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005843 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005844 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005845 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005846 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005847 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
5848 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005849
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005850 input.release();
5851 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
5852 &Args[0], NumArgs,
5853 Context.DependentTy,
5854 OpLoc));
5855 }
5856
5857 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005858 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005859
5860 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005861 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005862
5863 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5864 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
5865
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005866 // Add candidates from ADL.
5867 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
Douglas Gregordc81c882010-02-05 05:15:43 +00005868 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005869 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
5870 CandidateSet);
5871
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005872 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005873 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005874
5875 // Perform overload resolution.
5876 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005877 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005878 case OR_Success: {
5879 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5880 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005881
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005882 if (FnDecl) {
5883 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5884 // operator.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005885
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005886 // Convert the arguments.
5887 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005888 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall5357b612010-01-28 01:42:12 +00005889
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005890 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/0,
5891 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005892 return ExprError();
5893 } else {
5894 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005895 OwningExprResult InputInit
5896 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005897 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005898 SourceLocation(),
5899 move(input));
5900 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005901 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005902
Douglas Gregore1a5c172009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005903 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregorbaecfed2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005904 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005905 }
5906
5907 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005908 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005909
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005910 // Build the actual expression node.
5911 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5912 SourceLocation());
5913 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005914
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005915 input.release();
Eli Friedman4c3b8962009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005916 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005917 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
5918 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman4c3b8962009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005919 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005920
5921 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5922 FnDecl))
5923 return ExprError();
5924
5925 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005926 } else {
5927 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5928 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5929 // operator node.
5930 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005931 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005932 return ExprError();
5933
5934 break;
5935 }
5936 }
5937
5938 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5939 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
5940 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
5941 break;
5942
5943 case OR_Ambiguous:
5944 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5945 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5946 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005947 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005948 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005949 return ExprError();
5950
5951 case OR_Deleted:
5952 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5953 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5954 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5955 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005956 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005957 return ExprError();
5958 }
5959
5960 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
5961 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
5962 // build a built-in operation.
5963 input.release();
5964 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
5965}
5966
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005967/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5968/// operator.
5969///
5970/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
5971///
5972/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5973/// operator.
5974///
5975/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5976/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5977/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5978/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5979/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5980/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
5981///
5982/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
5983/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005984Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005985Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005986 unsigned OpcIn,
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005987 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005988 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005989 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005990 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005991
5992 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5993 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5994 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5995
5996 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5997 // expression.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005998 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005999 if (Fns.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006000 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
6001 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
6002 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
6003 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
6004 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
6005
6006 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
6007 Context.DependentTy,
6008 Context.DependentTy,
6009 Context.DependentTy,
6010 OpLoc));
6011 }
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006012
6013 // FIXME: save results of ADL from here?
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006014 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006015 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006016 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006017 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006018 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006019
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006020 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006021 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006022 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006023 Context.DependentTy,
6024 OpLoc));
6025 }
6026
6027 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
6028 // create a built-in binary operator.
6029 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006030 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006031
Sebastian Redl275c2b42009-11-18 23:10:33 +00006032 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
6033 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
6034 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
6035 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
6036 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
6037 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
6038 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006039 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006040
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006041 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006042 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006043
6044 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006045 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006046
6047 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6048 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6049
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006050 // Add candidates from ADL.
6051 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
6052 Args, 2,
6053 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
6054 CandidateSet);
6055
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006056 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00006057 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006058
6059 // Perform overload resolution.
6060 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006061 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00006062 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006063 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6064 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6065
6066 if (FnDecl) {
6067 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6068 // operator.
6069
6070 // Convert the arguments.
6071 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCall5357b612010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006072 // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members.
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006073 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall5357b612010-01-28 01:42:12 +00006074
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006075 OwningExprResult Arg1
6076 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6077 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6078 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6079 SourceLocation(),
6080 Owned(Args[1]));
6081 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006082 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006083
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006084 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006085 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006086 return ExprError();
6087
6088 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006089 } else {
6090 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006091 OwningExprResult Arg0
6092 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6093 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6094 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6095 SourceLocation(),
6096 Owned(Args[0]));
6097 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006098 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4c2458a2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00006099
6100 OwningExprResult Arg1
6101 = PerformCopyInitialization(
6102 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6103 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
6104 SourceLocation(),
6105 Owned(Args[1]));
6106 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
6107 return ExprError();
6108 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
6109 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006110 }
6111
6112 // Determine the result type
6113 QualType ResultTy
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006114 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006115 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6116
6117 // Build the actual expression node.
6118 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81273092009-07-14 03:19:38 +00006119 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006120 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6121
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006122 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6123 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
6124 Args, 2, ResultTy,
6125 OpLoc));
6126
6127 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6128 FnDecl))
6129 return ExprError();
6130
6131 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006132 } else {
6133 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6134 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6135 // operator node.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006136 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006137 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006138 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006139 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006140 return ExprError();
6141
6142 break;
6143 }
6144 }
6145
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006146 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
6147 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
6148 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
6149 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
6150 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
6151 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
6152 break;
6153
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006154 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
6155 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
6156 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006157 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
6158 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
6159 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006160 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
6161 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006162 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006163 } else {
6164 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
6165 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
6166 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00006167 }
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006168 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
6169 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
6170 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006171 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006172 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006173 return move(Result);
6174 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006175
6176 case OR_Ambiguous:
6177 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6178 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006179 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006180 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00006181 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006182 return ExprError();
6183
6184 case OR_Deleted:
6185 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6186 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6187 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006188 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006189 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006190 return ExprError();
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00006191 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006192
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00006193 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00006194 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006195}
6196
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006197Action::OwningExprResult
6198Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
6199 SourceLocation RLoc,
6200 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
6201 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
6202 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
6203 DeclarationName OpName =
6204 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
6205
6206 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
6207 // expression.
6208 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
6209
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006210 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006211 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006212 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006213 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00006214 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006215 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006216
6217 Base.release();
6218 Idx.release();
6219 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
6220 Args, 2,
6221 Context.DependentTy,
6222 RLoc));
6223 }
6224
6225 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006226 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc);
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006227
6228 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
6229
6230 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
6231 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6232
6233 // Add builtin operator candidates.
6234 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
6235
6236 // Perform overload resolution.
6237 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
6238 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
6239 case OR_Success: {
6240 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
6241 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
6242
6243 if (FnDecl) {
6244 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
6245 // operator.
6246
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006247 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00006248
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006249 // Convert the arguments.
6250 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006251 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006252 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006253 return ExprError();
6254
Anders Carlsson38f88ab2010-01-29 18:37:50 +00006255 // Convert the arguments.
6256 OwningExprResult InputInit
6257 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6258 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
6259 SourceLocation(),
6260 Owned(Args[1]));
6261 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
6262 return ExprError();
6263
6264 Args[1] = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
6265
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006266 // Determine the result type
6267 QualType ResultTy
6268 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
6269 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
6270
6271 // Build the actual expression node.
6272 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
6273 LLoc);
6274 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
6275
6276 Base.release();
6277 Idx.release();
6278 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6279 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
6280 FnExpr, Args, 2,
6281 ResultTy, RLoc));
6282
6283 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
6284 FnDecl))
6285 return ExprError();
6286
6287 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
6288 } else {
6289 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
6290 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
6291 // operator node.
6292 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006293 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006294 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006295 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006296 return ExprError();
6297
6298 break;
6299 }
6300 }
6301
6302 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall1eb3e102010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006303 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6304 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6305 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
6306 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
6307 else
6308 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
6309 << Args[0]->getType()
6310 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006311 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall1eb3e102010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006312 "[]", LLoc);
6313 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006314 }
6315
6316 case OR_Ambiguous:
6317 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
6318 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006319 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006320 "[]", LLoc);
6321 return ExprError();
6322
6323 case OR_Deleted:
6324 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6325 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
6326 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006327 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall81201622010-01-08 04:41:39 +00006328 "[]", LLoc);
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00006329 return ExprError();
6330 }
6331
6332 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
6333 Base.release();
6334 Idx.release();
6335 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
6336 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
6337}
6338
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006339/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
6340/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
6341/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
6342/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
6343/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
6344/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
6345/// function.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006346Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006347Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
6348 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006349 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6350 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6351 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
6352 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006353 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
6354
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006355 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006356 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallbb6fb462010-04-08 00:13:37 +00006357 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_public);
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006358 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006359 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
6360 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006361 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006362 FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl();
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006363 Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006364 } else {
6365 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006366 Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier();
6367
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006368 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006369
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006370 // Add overload candidates
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006371 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006372
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006373 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6374 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6375 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6376 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6377 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6378 }
6379
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006380 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
6381 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6382
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006383 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
6384 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
6385 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
6386 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
6387
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006388 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006389 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
6390 // non-template member function.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006391 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006392 continue;
6393
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006394 AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType,
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006395 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006396 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006397 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006398 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006399 I.getPair(), ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006400 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006401 CandidateSet,
6402 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006403 }
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006404 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006405
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006406 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
6407
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006408 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006409 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006410 case OR_Success:
6411 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006412 FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl;
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006413 CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006414 break;
6415
6416 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006417 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006418 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006419 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006420 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006421 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006422 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006423
6424 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006425 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006426 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006427 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006428 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006429 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006430
6431 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006432 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006433 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006434 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006435 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006436 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006437 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006438 }
6439
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006440 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006441
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006442 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
6443 // non-member call based on that function.
6444 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6445 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
6446 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
6447 }
6448
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006449 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006450 }
6451
6452 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006453 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006454 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006455 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006456 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
6457 RParenLoc));
6458
Anders Carlssoneed3e692009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006459 // Check for a valid return type.
6460 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6461 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006462 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssoneed3e692009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006463
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006464 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006465 // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise
6466 // it was done at lookup.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006467 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006468 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006469 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Qualifier,
6470 FoundDecl, Method))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006471 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006472 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
6473
6474 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006475 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006476 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006477 RParenLoc))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006478 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006479
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006480 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006481 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson6f680272009-08-16 03:42:12 +00006482
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006483 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006484}
6485
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006486/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
6487/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
6488/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
6489/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006490Sema::ExprResult
6491Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +00006492 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006493 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006494 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006495 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6496 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006497 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006498
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006499 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
6500 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00006501 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006502 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
6503 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
6504 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
6505 // (E).operator().
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006506 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006507 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006508
6509 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006510 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006511 << Object->getSourceRange()))
6512 return true;
6513
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006514 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6515 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
6516 R.suppressDiagnostics();
6517
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006518 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006519 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006520 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object->getType(),
John McCall86820f52010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006521 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +00006522 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006523 }
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006524
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006525 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
6526 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
6527 // form
6528 //
6529 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
6530 //
6531 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
6532 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregora967a6f2008-11-20 13:33:37 +00006533 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
6534 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
6535 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
6536 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006537 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
6538 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
6539 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
6540 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
6541 // within T by another intervening declaration.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006542 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor90073282010-01-11 19:36:35 +00006543 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006544 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006545 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006546 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6547 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
6548 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
6549 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
6550
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006551 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
6552 // surrogates.
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006553 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006554 continue;
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00006555
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006556 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006557
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006558 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
6559 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
6560 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
6561 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
6562 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006563
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006564 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006565 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto,
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006566 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
6567 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006568 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006569
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006570 // Perform overload resolution.
6571 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006572 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006573 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006574 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
6575 // below.
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006576 break;
6577
6578 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall1eb3e102010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006579 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6580 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6581 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
6582 << Object->getSourceRange();
6583 else
6584 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6585 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
6586 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006587 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006588 break;
6589
6590 case OR_Ambiguous:
6591 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6592 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006593 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006594 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006595 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006596
6597 case OR_Deleted:
6598 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6599 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
6600 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6601 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006602 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006603 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006604 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006605
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006606 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006607 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
6608 // the error.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006609 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006610 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006611 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006612 return true;
6613 }
6614
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006615 if (Best->Function == 0) {
6616 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
6617 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006618 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006619 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
6620 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
6621
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006622 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall41d89032010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006623
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006624 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
6625 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
6626 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006627
6628 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006629 // and then call it.
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006630 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Best->FoundDecl,
6631 Conv);
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006632
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006633 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006634 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
Douglas Gregoraa0be172010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006635 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).result();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006636 }
6637
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006638 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall41d89032010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006639
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006640 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
6641 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
6642 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
6643 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006644 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006645
6646 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
6647 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
6648
6649 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
6650 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
6651 // list).
6652 Expr **MethodArgs;
6653 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
6654 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6655 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
6656 } else {
6657 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
6658 }
6659 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
6660 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
6661 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006662
6663 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006664 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006665 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
6666
6667 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
6668 // owned.
6669 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006670 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6671 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006672 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006673 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006674 delete [] MethodArgs;
6675
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00006676 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
6677 Method))
6678 return true;
6679
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006680 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
6681 // slots in the call for them.
6682 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006683 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006684 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
6685 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6686
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006687 bool IsError = false;
6688
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006689 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006690 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006691 Best->FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006692 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
6693
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006694
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006695 // Check the argument types.
6696 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006697 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006698 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006699 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006700
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006701 // Pass the argument.
Anders Carlsson3faa4862010-01-29 18:43:53 +00006702
6703 OwningExprResult InputInit
6704 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6705 Method->getParamDecl(i)),
6706 SourceLocation(), Owned(Arg));
6707
6708 IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid();
6709 Arg = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006710 } else {
Douglas Gregord47c47d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00006711 OwningExprResult DefArg
6712 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
6713 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
6714 IsError = true;
6715 break;
6716 }
6717
6718 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006719 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006720
6721 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6722 }
6723
6724 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
6725 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
6726 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
6727 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
6728 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006729 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006730 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6731 }
6732 }
6733
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006734 if (IsError) return true;
6735
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006736 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
6737 return true;
6738
Douglas Gregoraa0be172010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006739 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).result();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006740}
6741
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006742/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006743/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006744/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006745Sema::OwningExprResult
6746Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6747 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006748 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006749
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006750 SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc();
6751
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006752 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
6753 //
6754 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
6755 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
6756 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
6757 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006758 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006759 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc);
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006760 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006761
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006762 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(),
Eli Friedmanf43fb722009-11-18 01:28:03 +00006763 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
6764 << Base->getSourceRange()))
6765 return ExprError();
6766
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006767 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6768 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
6769 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006770
6771 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006772 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006773 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006774 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall701c89e2009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006775 }
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006776
6777 // Perform overload resolution.
6778 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006779 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006780 case OR_Success:
6781 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
6782 break;
6783
6784 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
6785 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6786 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006787 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006788 else
6789 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006790 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006791 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006792 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006793
6794 case OR_Ambiguous:
6795 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006796 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006797 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006798 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006799
6800 case OR_Deleted:
6801 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6802 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006803 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallcbce6062010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006804 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006805 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006806 }
6807
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006808 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
6809
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006810 // Convert the object parameter.
6811 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006812 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6813 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006814 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00006815
6816 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006817 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006818
6819 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006820 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
6821 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006822 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006823
6824 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
6825 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6826 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
6827 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6828
6829 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6830 Method))
6831 return ExprError();
6832 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006833}
6834
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006835/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
6836/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
6837/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
6838/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006839/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00006840Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006841 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006842 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006843 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(),
6844 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006845 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
6846 return PE->Retain();
6847
6848 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
6849 }
6850
6851 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006852 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(),
6853 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006854 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006855 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006856 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006857 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
6858 return ICE->Retain();
6859
6860 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
6861 ICE->getCastKind(),
6862 SubExpr,
Anders Carlsson88465d32010-04-23 22:18:37 +00006863 /*InheritancePath=*/0,
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006864 ICE->isLvalueCast());
6865 }
6866
6867 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006868 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006869 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006870 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
6871 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6872 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
6873 // from non-member functions.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006874 } else {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006875 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
6876 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
6877 // or template.
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006878 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
6879 Found, Fn);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006880 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6881 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006882
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006883 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
6884 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
6885 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
6886 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
6887
6888 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
6889 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
6890 // appropriate pointer to member type.
6891 QualType ClassType
6892 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
6893 QualType MemPtrType
6894 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
6895
6896 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6897 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006898 }
6899 }
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006900 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
6901 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006902 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6903 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006904
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006905 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6906 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
6907 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006908 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006909
6910 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006911 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6912 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006913 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006914 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6915 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006916 }
6917
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006918 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6919 ULE->getQualifier(),
6920 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
6921 Fn,
6922 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006923 Fn->getType(),
6924 TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006925 }
6926
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006927 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006928 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006929 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6930 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6931 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6932 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6933 }
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006934
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006935 Expr *Base;
6936
6937 // If we're filling in
6938 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
6939 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
6940 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6941 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6942 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6943 Fn,
6944 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6945 Fn->getType(),
6946 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00006947 } else {
6948 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
6949 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
6950 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
6951 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
6952 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
6953 /*isImplicit=*/true);
6954 }
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006955 } else
6956 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
6957
6958 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006959 MemExpr->isArrow(),
6960 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6961 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6962 Fn,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006963 Found,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006964 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006965 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006966 Fn->getType());
6967 }
6968
Douglas Gregor699ee522009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006969 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
6970 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006971}
6972
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006973Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00006974 DeclAccessPair Found,
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006975 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006976 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Found, Fn));
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006977}
6978
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006979} // end namespace clang